Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

without+preceding

  • 41 seic

    sīc (old form sīce, Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 12; also seic, C. I. L. 818), adv. [for si - ce; si, locat. form of pron. stem sa- = Gr. ho, ha, or hê, and demonstr. -ce; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 777], so, thus, in this or that manner, in such a manner, in the same way or manner, in like manner, likewise, to this or that extent or degree, to such a degree, in this or that state or condition, in such a condition (syn. ita); sic refers, I. To a previous fact, description, or assumption.—II. To a subsequent independent sentence, = thus, as follows. —III. As a local demonstrative (deiktikôs), referring to something done or pointed out by the speaker, = thus, as I do it; thus, as you see, etc.—IV. As a correlative, preceding or following clauses introduced by conjunctions. —V. In certain idiomatic connections.
    I.
    Referring to something said before, = hoc modo: sic ille annus duo firmamenta rei publicae evertit, so, i. e. in the manner mentioned, Cic. Att. 1, 18, 3:

    sic et nata et progressa eloquentia videtur,

    id. Inv. 1, 2, 3:

    facinus indignum Sic circumiri,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 9:

    sic deinceps omne opus contexitur,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 23:

    arare mavelim quam sic amare,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 21:

    sic se res habet,

    Cic. Brut. 18, 71:

    sic regii constiterant,

    Liv. 42, 58:

    sic res Romana in antiquum statum rediit,

    id. 3, 9, 1:

    sic ad Alpes perventum est,

    Tac. H. 1, 84; cf. Enn. Ann. 1, 104; Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 88; Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 11; Cic. Inv. 1, 46, 86; 2, 32, 100; id. de Or. 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 201; 3, 29, 117; id. Brut. 40, 149; id. Rep. 2, 14, 27; 2, 20, 35; id. Lael. 9, 32; Liv. 4, 11, 5; 6, 17, 1; Caes. B. G. 3, 19; 6, 30; 7, 62.—Often sic does not qualify the main predicate, but a participle or adjective referring to it:

    sic igitur instructus veniat ad causas,

    Cic. Or. 34, 121:

    cum sic affectos dimisisset,

    Liv. 21, 43, 1:

    sic omnibus copiis fusis se in castra recipiunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 6:

    sic milites consolatus eodem die reducit in castra,

    id. ib. 7, 19; cf. id. ib. 7, 62; Ov. M. 1, 32.—
    2.
    In a parenthet. clause (= ita):

    quae, ut sic dicam, ad corpus pertinent civitatis,

    so to speak, Cic. Inv. 2, 56, 168:

    commentabar declamitans—sic enim nunc loquuntur,

    id. Brut. 90, 310; cf. id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. Lael. 11, 39; Liv. 7, 31; Ov. M. 4, 660; 13, 597; 13, 866.—
    3.
    Referring not to the predicate, but to some intermediate term understood (= ita; cf.

    Engl. so): sic provolant duo Fabii (= sic loquentes),

    Liv. 2, 46, 7:

    sic enim nostrae rationes postulabant (sic = ut sic agerem),

    Cic. Att. 4, 2, 6:

    tibi enim ipsi sic video placere (sic = sic faciendo),

    id. ib. 4, 6, 2:

    sic enim concedis mihi proximis litteris (= ut sic agam),

    id. ib. 5, 20, 1:

    sic enim statuerat (= hoc faciendum esse),

    id. Phil. 5, 7, 208:

    Quid igitur? Non sic oportet? Equidem censeo sic (sic = hoc fieri),

    id. Fam. 16, 18, 1:

    sic soleo (i. e. bona consilia reddere),

    Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 25:

    sic soleo amicos (i. e. beare),

    id. Eun. 2, 2, 48:

    sic memini tamen (= hoc ita esse),

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 48:

    haec sic audivi (= ita esse),

    id. Ep. 3, 1, 79:

    sic prorsus existimo (= hoc ita esse),

    Cic. Brut. 33, 125:

    quoniam sic cogitis ipsi (= hoc facere),

    Ov. M. 5, 178.—
    4.
    As completing object, = hoc:

    iis litteris respondebo: sic enim postulas (= hoc postulas),

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 1:

    hic adsiste. Sic volo (= hoc volo, or hoc te facere volo),

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 15:

    sic fata jubent (= hoc jubent, or hoc facere jubent),

    Ov. M. 15, 584:

    hic apud nos hodie cenes. Sic face,

    Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 8:

    sic faciendum est,

    Cic. Att. 4, 6, 2.—
    5.
    Predicatively with esse (appellari, videri, etc.), in the sense of talis:

    sic vita hominum est (= talis),

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:

    vir acerrimo ingenio—sic enim fuit,

    id. Or. 5, 18:

    familiaris noster—sic est enim,

    id. Att. 1, 18, 6:

    sic est vulgus,

    id. Rosc. Com. 10, 20:

    sic, Crito, est hic,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 16: sic sum;

    si placeo, utere,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 42:

    sic sententiest,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 90:

    sic est (= sic res se habet),

    that is so, Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 21:

    qui sic sunt (i. e. vivunt) haud multum heredem juvant,

    id. Hec. 3, 5, 10:

    nunc hoc profecto sic est,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 42:

    sic est. Non muto sententiam,

    Sen. Ep. 10; cf. Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 35; id. Am. 2, 1, 60; id. Aul. 2, 4, 43; id. As. 5, 2, 12; id. Most. 4, 3, 40; Ter. And. 1, 1, 35; id. Eun. 3, 1, 18; id. Ad. 3, 3, 44; Cic. Lael. 1, 5; id. de Or. 1, 19, 86; id. Or. 14, 46.—
    6.
    Rarely as subject (mostly representing a subject-clause):

    sic commodius esse arbitror quam manere hanc (sic = abire),

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 31:

    si sic (= hoc) est factum, erus damno auctus est,

    id. Heaut. 4, 1, 15: Pe. Quid? Concidit? Mi. Sic suspicio est (= eam concidisse), Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 57:

    mihi sic est usus (= sic agere),

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 28:

    sic opus est (= hoc facere),

    Ov. M. 1, 279; 2, 785.—
    B.
    To express relations other than manner (rare).
    1.
    Of consequence; un der these circumstances, accordingly, hence:

    sic Numitori ad supplicium Remus deditur,

    Liv. 1, 5, 4:

    sic et habet quod uterque eorum habuit, et explevit quod utrique defuit,

    Cic. Brut. 42, 154:

    sic victam legem esse, nisi caveant,

    Liv. 4, 11, 5:

    suavis mihi ructus est. Sic sine modo,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 17. —
    2.
    Of condition; on this condition, if this be done, etc.:

    reliquas illius anni pestes recordamini, sic enim facillime perspicietis, etc.,

    Cic. Sest. 25, 55: displiceas aliis;

    sic ego tutus ero (sic = si displicebis),

    Tib. 4, 13, 6:

    Scironis media sic licet ire via (sic = si amantes eunt),

    Prop. 4, 15 (3, 16), 12:

    sic demum lucos Stygios Aspicies (= non aspicies, nisi hoc facies),

    Verg. A. 6, 154 (for sic as antecedent of si, v. infra, IV. 5).—
    3.
    Of intensity:

    non latuit scintilla ingenii: sic erat in omni sermone sollers (= tam sollers erat ut non lateret ingenium),

    Cic. Rep. 2, 21, 37; cf. infra, IV. 4.
    II.
    Referring to a subsequent sentence, thus, as follows, in the following manner (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, hujusmodi, ad hunc modum):

    ingressus est sic loqui Scipio: Catonis hoc senis est, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 1 (cf.:

    tum Varro ita exorsus est,

    id. Ac. 1, 4, 15): hunc inter pugnas Servilius sic compellat, etc., Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4 (Ann. v. 256 Vahl.):

    puero sic dicit pater: Noster esto,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 38:

    sic faciam: adsimulabo quasi quam culpam in sese admiserint,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 27 dub.:

    salem candidum sic facito: amphoram puram impleto, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 88: sic enim dixisti:

    Vidi ego tuam lacrimulam,

    Cic. Planc. 31, 76:

    res autem se sic habet: composite et apte sine sententiis dicere insania est,

    the truth is this, id. Or. 71, 236:

    sic loquere, sic vive: vide, ne te ulla res deprimat,

    Sen. Ep. 10, 4; cf. id. ib. 10, 1; Cato, R. R. 77 sqq.; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 177; Ter. Phorm. prol. 13; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 21, 29; 4, 4, 30; Cic. [p. 1691] Inv. 1, 39, 71; id. Or. 1, 45, 198; 2, 40, 167; 2, 40, 172; id. Att. 2, 22, 1; 5, 1, 3; 6, 1, 3; Verg. A. 1, 521.—
    2.
    Esp., with ellipsis of predicate:

    ego sic: diem statuo, etc. (sc. ago),

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 16.—Sometimes sic introduces detached words: sic loqui nosse, judicasse vetant, novisse jubent et judicavisse (= they forbid to say nosse, etc.), Cic. Or. 47, 157.—
    3.
    For instance (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, ut hoc, verbi gratia, ut si; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91 sq. infra):

    disjunctum est, cum unumquodque certo concluditur verbo,

    Auct. Her. 4, 27, 37:

    mala definitio est... cum aliquid non grave dicit, sic: Stultitia est immensa gloriae cupiditas,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91.
    III.
    As a local demonstrative, thus, so, etc. (deiktikôs; colloq.;

    mostly comice): ne hunc ornatum vos meum admiremini, quod ego processi sic cum servili schema,

    as you see me now, Plaut. Am. prol. 117:

    sed amictus sic hac ludibundus incessi,

    id. Ps. 5, 1, 31:

    nec sic per totam infamis traducerer urbem,

    Prop. 2, 24 (3, 18), 7:

    sic ad me, miserande, redis?

    Ov. M. 11, 728; cf. Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 4.—So accompanied with a corresponding gesture:

    Quid tu igitur sic hoc digitulis duobus sumebas primoribus?

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 25: Pe. Quid si curram? Tr. Censeo. Pe. An sic potius placide? (the speaker imitating the motion), id. Rud. 4, 8, 10:

    non licet te sic placidule bellam belle tangere?

    id. ib. 2, 4, 12:

    quod non omnia sic poterant conjuncta manere,

    Lucr. 5, 441.—

    Here belong the phrases sic dedero, sic dabo, sic datur, expressing a threat of revenge, or satisfaction at another's misfortune: sic dedero! aere militari tetigero lenunculum,

    I will give it to him, Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 6; id. As. 2, 4, 33:

    sic dabo!

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 38:

    doletne? hem, sic datur si quis erum servos spernit,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 21:

    sic furi datur,

    id. Stich. 5, 5, 25; so id. Men. 4, 2, 46.—Referring to an act just performed by the speaker:

    sic deinde quicunque alius transiliet moenia mea (= sic pereat, quicunque deinde, etc.),

    Liv. 1, 7, 2:

    sic eat quaecunque Romana lugebit hostem,

    so will every one fare who, id. 1, 26, 5:

    sic... Cetera sit fortis castrorum turba tuorum (= sic ut interfeci te),

    Ov. M. 12, 285.—So with a comp.-clause expressed:

    sic stratas legiones Latinorum dabo, quemadmodum legatum jacentem videtis,

    Liv. 8, 6, 6; cf. id. 1, 24, 8 (v. IV. 1. infra).
    IV.
    As correlative, with, 1. A comparative clause (sic far more frequent than ita); 2. A contrasted clause, mostly with ut; 3. A modal clause, with ut (ita more freq. than sic); 4. A clause expressing intensity, introduced by ut; 5. A conditional clause (rare; ita more freq.); 6. With a reason, introduced by quia (ante-class. and very rare); 7. With an inf. clause; 8. With ut, expressing purpose or result.
    1.
    With comp. clauses, usu. introduced by ut, but also by quemadmodum (very freq.), sicut, velut, tamquam, quasi, quomodo, quam (rare and poet.), ceu (rare; poet. and post-class.), quantus (rare and poet.), qualis (ante-class. and rare).
    (α).
    With ut:

    ut cibi satietas subamara aliqua re relevatur, sic animus defessus audiendi admiratione redintegratur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 17, 25:

    ut non omnem frugem, neque arborem in omni agro reperire possis, sic non omne facinus in omni vita nascitur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 27, 75:

    ex suo regno sic Mithridates profugit ut ex eodem Ponto Medea quondam profugisse dicitur,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:

    ut tu nunc de Coriolano, sic Clitarchus de Themistocle finxit,

    id. Brut. 11, 42:

    sic moneo ut filium, sic faveo ut mihi, sic hortor ut et pro patria et amicissimum,

    id. Fam. 10, 5, 3:

    ut vita, sic oratione durus fuit,

    id. Brut. 31, 117:

    de Lentulo sic fero ut debeo,

    id. Att. 4, 6, 1:

    sic est ut narro tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40; Cic. Inv. 2, 8, 28; id. Div. 2, 30, 93; id. de Or. 1, 33, 153; 3, 51, 198; Liv. 1, 47, 2; 2, 52, 7; Ov. M. 1, 495; 1, 539; 2, 165 et saep.—So in the formula ut quisque... sic (more freq. ita), rendered by according as, or the more... the...:

    ut quisque rem accurat suam, sic ei procedunt postprincipia denique,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 1, 3:

    ut quaeque res est tur pissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,

    Cic. Caecin. 2, 7; v. Fischer, Gr. II. p. 751.—
    (β).
    With quemadmodum: quemadmodum tibicen sine tibiis canere, sic orator, nisi multitudine audiente, eloquens esse non potest, Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:

    quemadmodum se tribuni gessissent in prohibendo dilectu, sic patres in lege prohibenda gerebant,

    Liv. 3, 11, 3:

    sic vestras hallucinationes fero, quemadmodum Juppiter ineptias poetarum,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 6; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 23, 33; 2, 8, 28; 2, 27, 82; id. Or. 3, 52, 200; id. Lael. 4, 16; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5; Liv. 2, 13, 8; 5, 3, 8; Sen. Ep. 5, 6 (bis); id. Clem. 1, 3, 5; id. Vit. Beat. 23, 4.—
    (γ).
    With sicut:

    tecum simul, sicut ego pro multis, sic ille pro Appio dixit,

    Cic. Brut. 64, 230; 46, 112; id. Or. 2, 44, 186; id. Clu. 2; Caes. B. G. 6, 30; Liv. 4, 57, 11; 7, 13, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 2.—
    (δ).
    With velut:

    velut ipse in re trepida se sit tutatus, sic consulem loca tutiora castris cepisse,

    Liv. 4, 41, 6; cf. Cic. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; Verg. A. 1, 148; Ov. M. 4, 375; 4, 705.—
    (ε).
    With tamquam:

    tamquam litteris in cera, sic se ajebat imaginibus quae meminisse vellet, perscribere,

    Cic. Or. 2, 88, 360:

    quid autem ego sic adhuc egi, tamquam integra sit causa patriciorum?

    Liv. 10, 8:

    sic Ephesi fui, tamquam domi meae,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 69, 1; cf. id. Or. 2, 42, 180; id. Brut. 18, 71; 58, 213; 66, 235; 74, 258; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 16; 2, 14, 1; id. Prov. Cons. 12, 31; Sen. Ep. 101, 7.—
    (ζ).
    With quasi:

    hujus innocentiae sic in hac calamitosa fama, quasi in aliqua perniciosissima flamma subvenire,

    Cic. Clu. 1, 4:

    ea sic observabo quasi intercalatum non sit,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 12:

    Quid tu me sic salutas quasi dudum non videris?

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 51; cf. Cic. Or. 2, 11, 47; id. Inv. 1, 3, 4; id. Sen. 8, 26:

    ego sic vivam quasi sciam, etc.,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 3.—
    (η).
    With quomodo:

    quomodo nomen in militiam non daret debilis, sic ad iter quod inhabile sciat, non accedet,

    Sen. Ot. Sap. 3 (30), 4:

    sic demus quomodo vellemus accipere,

    id. Ben. 2, 1, 1; id. Ep. 9, 17; id. Ot. Sap. 6, 2 (32 med.); Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 4, 4.—
    (θ).
    With ceu:

    ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent... sic Martem indomitum Cernimus,

    Verg. A. 2, 438.—
    (ι).
    With quam:

    non sic incerto mutantur flamine Syrtes, quam cito feminea non constat foedus in ira,

    Prop. 2, 9, 33; Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 281.—
    (κ).
    With quantus:

    nec sic errore laetatus Ulixes... nec sic Electra... quanta ego collegi gaudia,

    Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 5 sqq.—
    (λ).
    With qualis:

    imo sic condignum donum quali'st quoi dono datum est,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 40.—
    (μ).
    Without a correlative particle, in an independent sentence:

    Quis potione uti aut cibo dulci diutius potest? sic omnibus in rebus voluptatibus maximis fastidium finitimum est (= ut nemo cibo dulci uti diutius potest, sic, etc.),

    Cic. Or. 3, 25, 100; cf. id. ib. 19, 63.—
    2.
    In contrasted clauses, mostly with ut, which may generally be rendered while: ut ad bella suscipienda Gallorum acer ac promptus est animus, sic mollis ad calamitates perferendas mens eorum est (almost = etsi ad bella suscipienda... tamen mollis est, etc., while, etc.), Caes. B. G. 3, 19: a ceteris oblectationibus ut deseror, sic litteris sustentor et recreor, while I am deserted, I am sustained, etc., Cic. Att. 4, 10, 1; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 18, 55; id. Fam. 10, 20, 2; Liv. 4, 57, 11; Ov. M. 4, 131; 11, 76.—So freq. two members of the same sentence are coordinated by ut... sic (ita) with almost the same force as a co-ordination by cum... tum, or by sed:

    consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen respondit (= vere fortasse, sed parum utiliter),

    Liv. 4, 6, 2:

    ut nondum satis claram victoriam, sic prosperae spei pugnam imber diremit,

    id. 6, 32, 6:

    (forma erat) ut non cygnorum, sic albis proxima cygnis,

    Ov. M. 14, 509; cf. Liv. 1, 27, 2; 5, 38, 2; 6, 6, 10; Ov. M. 1, 370.—In this use etiam or quoque is sometimes joined with sic (never by Cic. with ita):

    nostri sensus, ut in pace semper, sic tum etiam in bello congruebant (= cum... tum),

    Cic. Marcell. 6, 16:

    ut sunt, sic etiam nominantur senes,

    id. Sen. 6, 20:

    utinam ut culpam, sic etiam suspitionem vitare potuisses,

    id. Phil. 1, 13, 33:

    ut superiorum aetatum studia occidunt, sic occidunt etiam senectutis,

    id. Sen. 20, 76:

    ut voce, sic etiam oratione,

    id. Or. 25, 85; id. Top. 15, 59; id. Leg. 2, 25, 62; id. Lael. 5, 19.—More rarely with quem ad modum, quomodo:

    ut, quem ad modum est, sic etiam appelletur tyrannus,

    Cic. Att. 10, 4, 2:

    quo modo ad bene vivendum, sic etiam ad beate,

    id. Tusc. 3, 17, 37. —
    3.
    With a clause of manner introduced by ut = so that:

    sic fuimus semper comparati ut hominum sermonibus quasi in aliquod judicium vocaremur,

    Cic. Or. 3, 9, 32:

    eam sic audio ut Plautum mihi aut Naevium videar audire,

    id. ib. 3, 12, 45:

    sic agam vobiscum ut aliquid de vestris vitiis audiatis,

    id. ib. 3, 12, 46:

    omnia sic suppetunt ut ei nullam deesse virtutem oratoris putem,

    id. Brut. 71, 250:

    omnis pars orationis esse debet laudabilis, sic ut verbum nullum excidat,

    id. Or. 36, 125:

    sic tecum agam ut vel respondendi vel interpellandi potestatem faciam,

    id. Rosc. Am. 27, 73:

    nec vero sic erat umquam non paratus Milo contra illum ut non satis fere esset paratus,

    id. Mil. 21, 56:

    sic eum eo de re publica disputavit ut sentiret sibi cum viro forti esse pugnandum,

    id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; cf. Plaut. As. 2, 4, 49; id. Mil. 2, 2, 82; Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 245; 2, 1, 3; 2, 6, 23; id. Brut. 22, 88; 40, 148; id. Sest. 40, 87; id. Planc. 10, 25; id. Fam. 5, 15, 4; Caes. B. G. 2, 32; 5, 17; id. B. C. 3, 56; Prop. 1, 21, 5.—Sometimes the correlative clause is restrictive, and sic = but so, yet so, only so:

    mihi sic placuit ut cetera Antisthenis, hominis acuti magis quam eruditi,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 4:

    sic conveniet reprehendi, ut demonstretur etc.,

    id. Inv. 1, 46, 86; id. Brut. 79, 274; id. Marcell. 11, 34; id. Att. 13, 3, 1 (ita is more freq. in this sense).—
    4.
    With a clause expressing intensity (so both with adjj. and verbs; but far less freq. than ita, tam, adeo), to such a degree, so, so far, etc.:

    sic ego illum in timorem dabo, ipse sese ut neget esse eum qui siet,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 20 sq.:

    conficior lacrimis sic ut ferre non possim,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 1:

    sic rem fuisse apertam ut judicium fieri nihil attinuerit,

    id. Inv. 2, 28, 84:

    cujus responso judices sic exarserunt ut capitis hominem innocentissimum condemnarent,

    id. Or. 1, 54, 233; cf. id. ib. 3, 8, 29; id. Brut. 88, 302; id. Or. 53, 177; 55, 184; id. Rep. 2, 21, 37; 3, 9, 15; id. Lael. 1, 4; id. Planc. 8, 21; id. Verr. 1, 36, 91; id. Balb. 5, 13; id. Att. 1, 8, 2; 1, 16, 1; Caes. B. G. 6, 41; Hor. S. 2, 3, 1.—
    5.
    Rarely conditional clauses have the antecedent sic.
    a.
    Poet. and in post-Aug. prose, to represent the result of the condition as sure:

    sic invidiam effugies, si te non ingesseris oculis, si bona tua non jactaveris, si scieris in sinu gaudere,

    Sen. Ep. 105, 3:

    sic hodie veniet si qua negavit heri,

    Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 20.—
    b.
    Denoting with the proviso that, but only if (usu. ita):

    decreverunt ut cum populus regem jussisset, id sic ratum esset si patres auctores fuissent,

    that the choice should be valid, but only if the Senate should ratify it, Liv. 1, 17, 9:

    sic ignovisse putato Me tibi si cenes hodie mecum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 69.—
    6.
    Sic quia = idcirco quia (very rare): Th. Quid vos? Insanin' estis? Tr. Quidum? Th. Sic quia foris ambulatis, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 20.—
    7.
    With inf. clause (freq.):

    sic igitur sentio, naturam primum atque ingenium ad dicendum vim afferre maximam,

    Cic. Or. 1, 25, 113:

    sic a majoribus nostris accepimus, praetorem quaestori suo parentis loco esse oportere,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61:

    ego sic existimo, in summo imperatore quattuor res inesse oportere,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 38; cf. Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 5; Cic. Inv. 2, 55, 167; id. de Or. 1, 20, 93; 2, 28, 122; id. Brut. 36, 138; 41, 152; id. Div. in Caecil. 3, 10; id. Verr. 1, 7, 20; Liv. 5, 15, 11.—Esp., after sic habeto (habe, habeas) = scito (only Ciceron.):

    sic habeto, in eum statum tuum reditum incidere ut, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 1; so id. ib. 1, 7, 3; 2, 6, 5; 2, 10, 1; 7, 18, 1; 9, 16, 2; id. Att. 2, 25, 1; 5, 1, 5; 5, 20, 1 et saep.—
    8.
    With ut, expressing purpose or result:

    nunc sic faciam, sic consilium est, ad erum ut veniam docte atque astu,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 23:

    ab Ariobarzane sic contendi ut talenta, quae mihi pollicebatur, illi daret,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 3:

    sic accidit ut ex tanto navium numero nulla omnino navis... desideraretur,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 23; cf. Cato, R. R. 1, 1; Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4; id. Or. 2, 67, 271.
    V.
    Idiomatic usages of sic.
    1.
    In a wish, expressed as a conclusion after an imperative ( poet.):

    parce: sic bene sub tenera parva quiescat humo (= si parces, bene quiescat),

    Tib. 2, 6, 30:

    annue: sic tibi sint intonsi, Phoebe, capilli,

    id. 2, 5, 121:

    pone, precor, fastus... Sic tibi nec vernum nascentia frigus adurat Poma, nec excutiant rapidi florentia venti,

    Ov. M. 14, 762: dic [p. 1692] mihi de nostra quae sentis vera puella:

    Sic tibi sint dominae, Lygdame, dempta juga,

    Prop. 4, 5, 1; Tib. 2, 6, 30.—The imperative may follow the clause with sic:

    sic tua Cyrneas fugiant examina taxos... Incipe (sc. cantare) si quid habes (= si incipies cantare, opto tibi ut tua examina, etc.),

    Verg. E. 9, 30:

    sic tibi (Arethusa) Doris amara suam non intermisceat undam: Incipe (= si incipies, opto tibi ut Doris, etc.),

    id. ib. 10, 4:

    sic mare compositum, sic sit tibi piscis in unda Credulus... Dic ubi sit,

    Ov. M. 8, 857; Sen. Troad. 702; cf.:

    sic te Diva potens Cypri... Ventorumque regat pater, Navis... Reddas incolumem Vergilium (= si tu, navis, reddes Vergilium, prosperum precor tibi cursum),

    Hor. C. 1, 3, 1; cf.

    also: sic venias hodierne: tibi dem turis honores (=si venies, tibi dem),

    Tib. 1, 7, 53; cf. Ov. H. 3, 135; 4, 148.—
    2.
    Sic (like ita) with ut in strong asseveration ( poet.):

    sic me di amabunt, ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum (= by the love of the gods, I pity, etc.),

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54:

    Diespiter me sic amabit ut ego hanc familiam interire cupio,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 47:

    sic has deus aequoris artes Adjuvet, ut nemo jamdudum littore in isto constitit,

    Ov. M. 8, 866:

    sic mihi te referas levis, ut non altera nostro limine intulit ulla pedes,

    Prop. 1, 18, 11; cf. id. 3, 15 (4, 14), 1; cf.:

    vera cano, sic usque sacras innoxia laurus vescar,

    Tib. 2, 5, 63.—
    3.
    In a demonstrative temporal force, like the Gr. houtôs, so, as the matter stands now, as it now is, as it then was, etc.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    e Graecis cavendae sunt quaedam familiaritates, praeter hominum perpaucorum, si qui sunt vetere Graecia digni. Sic vero fallaces sunt permulti et leves,

    but as things now stand, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5, § 16:

    at sic citius qui te expedias his aerumnis reperias,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 8: Pe. Pol tibi istuc credo nomen actutum fore. Tr. Dum interea sic sit, istuc actutum sino, provided it be as it is, Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 71:

    quotiens hoc tibi ego interdixi, meam ne sic volgo pollicitarere operam,

    thus, as you are doing now, id. Mil. 4, 2, 65:

    si utrumvis tibi visus essem, Non sic ludibrio tuis factis habitus essem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 11:

    non sic nudos in flumen deicere (voluerunt),

    naked, as they are, Cic. Rosc. Am. 26, 71:

    sub alta platano... jacentes sic temere,

    Hor. C. 2, 11, 14.—Esp., with sine and abl.:

    me germanam meam sororem tibi sic sine dote dedisse,

    so as she is, without a dowry, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 65:

    sic sine malo,

    id. Rud. 3, 5, 2:

    at operam perire meam sic... perpeti nequeo,

    without result, id. Trin. 3, 2, 34 Ritschl, Fleck. (Brix omits sic): nec sic de nihilo fulminis ira cadit (= without cause), Prop. 2, 16 (3, 8), 52: mirabar hoc si sic abiret, so, i. e. without trouble, Ter. And. 1, 2, 4:

    hoc non poterit sic abire,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 3, 7; so,

    sic abire,

    id. Att. 14, 1, 1; Cat. 14, 16; Plaut. Men. 5, 7, 39. —Hence,
    (β).
    With imperatives, esp. with sine: Quid ego hoc faciam postea? sic sine eumpse, just let him alone, i. e. leave him as he is, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:

    si non vult (numerare), sic sine adstet,

    id. As. 2, 4, 54:

    sine fores sic, abi,

    let the door alone, id. Men. 2, 3, 1; so id. Cas. 3, 6, 36; id. Ps. 1, 5, 62.—
    (γ).
    Pregn., implying a concession (= kai houtôs), even as it is now, even without doing so, in spite of it:

    nolo bis iterare, sat sic longae fiunt fabulae,

    narratives are long enough anyhow, as they are, without saying them twice over, Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 154:

    sed sic quoque erat tamen Acis,

    even as it was, in spite of what has been said, Ov. M. 13, 896; so,

    sic quoque fallebat,

    id. ib. 1, 698:

    sed sic me et libertatis fructu privas et diligentiae,

    anyhow, not taking into account what is mentioned, Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 4: exhibeas molestiam si quid debeam, qui nunc sic tam es molestus, who art so troublesome even as it is, i. e. without my owing you any thing, Plaut. Pers. 2, 44:

    sic quoque parte plebis affecta, fides tamen publica potior senatui fuit,

    Liv. 7, 27; cf. Ov. F. 2, 642; Suet. Aug. 78.—
    4.
    Ellipt., referring to something in the mind of the speaker:

    Quod si hoc nunc sic incipiam? Nihil est. Quod si sic? Tantumdem egero. At sic opinor? Non potest,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 2, 8: illa quae aliis sic, aliis secus videntur, to some in one way, to others in another (= aliis aliter), Cic. Leg. 1, 17, 47: Quid vini absumpsit! Sic hoc dicens, asperum hoc est, aliud lenius, = this wine is so (the speaker not saying what he thinks of it), Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 49: deinde quod illa (quae ego dixi) sive faceta sunt, sive sic, fiunt narrante te venustissima, or so, i. e. or otherwise, Cic. Fam. 15, 21, 2:

    monitorem non desiderabit qui dicat, Sic incede, sic cena... sic amico utere, sic cive, sic socio,

    Sen. Ep. 114.—
    5.
    In answers, yes = the French, Italian, and Spanish si (ante - class. and rare): Ph. Phaniam relictam ais? Ge. Sic, Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 2: De. Illa maneat? Ch. Sic, id. ib. 5, 3, 30: Ch. Sicine est sententia? Me. Sic, id. Heaut. 1, 1, 114.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > seic

  • 42 sic

    sīc (old form sīce, Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 12; also seic, C. I. L. 818), adv. [for si - ce; si, locat. form of pron. stem sa- = Gr. ho, ha, or hê, and demonstr. -ce; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 777], so, thus, in this or that manner, in such a manner, in the same way or manner, in like manner, likewise, to this or that extent or degree, to such a degree, in this or that state or condition, in such a condition (syn. ita); sic refers, I. To a previous fact, description, or assumption.—II. To a subsequent independent sentence, = thus, as follows. —III. As a local demonstrative (deiktikôs), referring to something done or pointed out by the speaker, = thus, as I do it; thus, as you see, etc.—IV. As a correlative, preceding or following clauses introduced by conjunctions. —V. In certain idiomatic connections.
    I.
    Referring to something said before, = hoc modo: sic ille annus duo firmamenta rei publicae evertit, so, i. e. in the manner mentioned, Cic. Att. 1, 18, 3:

    sic et nata et progressa eloquentia videtur,

    id. Inv. 1, 2, 3:

    facinus indignum Sic circumiri,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 9:

    sic deinceps omne opus contexitur,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 23:

    arare mavelim quam sic amare,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 21:

    sic se res habet,

    Cic. Brut. 18, 71:

    sic regii constiterant,

    Liv. 42, 58:

    sic res Romana in antiquum statum rediit,

    id. 3, 9, 1:

    sic ad Alpes perventum est,

    Tac. H. 1, 84; cf. Enn. Ann. 1, 104; Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 88; Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 11; Cic. Inv. 1, 46, 86; 2, 32, 100; id. de Or. 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 201; 3, 29, 117; id. Brut. 40, 149; id. Rep. 2, 14, 27; 2, 20, 35; id. Lael. 9, 32; Liv. 4, 11, 5; 6, 17, 1; Caes. B. G. 3, 19; 6, 30; 7, 62.—Often sic does not qualify the main predicate, but a participle or adjective referring to it:

    sic igitur instructus veniat ad causas,

    Cic. Or. 34, 121:

    cum sic affectos dimisisset,

    Liv. 21, 43, 1:

    sic omnibus copiis fusis se in castra recipiunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 6:

    sic milites consolatus eodem die reducit in castra,

    id. ib. 7, 19; cf. id. ib. 7, 62; Ov. M. 1, 32.—
    2.
    In a parenthet. clause (= ita):

    quae, ut sic dicam, ad corpus pertinent civitatis,

    so to speak, Cic. Inv. 2, 56, 168:

    commentabar declamitans—sic enim nunc loquuntur,

    id. Brut. 90, 310; cf. id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. Lael. 11, 39; Liv. 7, 31; Ov. M. 4, 660; 13, 597; 13, 866.—
    3.
    Referring not to the predicate, but to some intermediate term understood (= ita; cf.

    Engl. so): sic provolant duo Fabii (= sic loquentes),

    Liv. 2, 46, 7:

    sic enim nostrae rationes postulabant (sic = ut sic agerem),

    Cic. Att. 4, 2, 6:

    tibi enim ipsi sic video placere (sic = sic faciendo),

    id. ib. 4, 6, 2:

    sic enim concedis mihi proximis litteris (= ut sic agam),

    id. ib. 5, 20, 1:

    sic enim statuerat (= hoc faciendum esse),

    id. Phil. 5, 7, 208:

    Quid igitur? Non sic oportet? Equidem censeo sic (sic = hoc fieri),

    id. Fam. 16, 18, 1:

    sic soleo (i. e. bona consilia reddere),

    Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 25:

    sic soleo amicos (i. e. beare),

    id. Eun. 2, 2, 48:

    sic memini tamen (= hoc ita esse),

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 48:

    haec sic audivi (= ita esse),

    id. Ep. 3, 1, 79:

    sic prorsus existimo (= hoc ita esse),

    Cic. Brut. 33, 125:

    quoniam sic cogitis ipsi (= hoc facere),

    Ov. M. 5, 178.—
    4.
    As completing object, = hoc:

    iis litteris respondebo: sic enim postulas (= hoc postulas),

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 1:

    hic adsiste. Sic volo (= hoc volo, or hoc te facere volo),

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 15:

    sic fata jubent (= hoc jubent, or hoc facere jubent),

    Ov. M. 15, 584:

    hic apud nos hodie cenes. Sic face,

    Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 8:

    sic faciendum est,

    Cic. Att. 4, 6, 2.—
    5.
    Predicatively with esse (appellari, videri, etc.), in the sense of talis:

    sic vita hominum est (= talis),

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:

    vir acerrimo ingenio—sic enim fuit,

    id. Or. 5, 18:

    familiaris noster—sic est enim,

    id. Att. 1, 18, 6:

    sic est vulgus,

    id. Rosc. Com. 10, 20:

    sic, Crito, est hic,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 16: sic sum;

    si placeo, utere,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 42:

    sic sententiest,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 90:

    sic est (= sic res se habet),

    that is so, Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 21:

    qui sic sunt (i. e. vivunt) haud multum heredem juvant,

    id. Hec. 3, 5, 10:

    nunc hoc profecto sic est,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 42:

    sic est. Non muto sententiam,

    Sen. Ep. 10; cf. Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 35; id. Am. 2, 1, 60; id. Aul. 2, 4, 43; id. As. 5, 2, 12; id. Most. 4, 3, 40; Ter. And. 1, 1, 35; id. Eun. 3, 1, 18; id. Ad. 3, 3, 44; Cic. Lael. 1, 5; id. de Or. 1, 19, 86; id. Or. 14, 46.—
    6.
    Rarely as subject (mostly representing a subject-clause):

    sic commodius esse arbitror quam manere hanc (sic = abire),

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 31:

    si sic (= hoc) est factum, erus damno auctus est,

    id. Heaut. 4, 1, 15: Pe. Quid? Concidit? Mi. Sic suspicio est (= eam concidisse), Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 57:

    mihi sic est usus (= sic agere),

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 28:

    sic opus est (= hoc facere),

    Ov. M. 1, 279; 2, 785.—
    B.
    To express relations other than manner (rare).
    1.
    Of consequence; un der these circumstances, accordingly, hence:

    sic Numitori ad supplicium Remus deditur,

    Liv. 1, 5, 4:

    sic et habet quod uterque eorum habuit, et explevit quod utrique defuit,

    Cic. Brut. 42, 154:

    sic victam legem esse, nisi caveant,

    Liv. 4, 11, 5:

    suavis mihi ructus est. Sic sine modo,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 17. —
    2.
    Of condition; on this condition, if this be done, etc.:

    reliquas illius anni pestes recordamini, sic enim facillime perspicietis, etc.,

    Cic. Sest. 25, 55: displiceas aliis;

    sic ego tutus ero (sic = si displicebis),

    Tib. 4, 13, 6:

    Scironis media sic licet ire via (sic = si amantes eunt),

    Prop. 4, 15 (3, 16), 12:

    sic demum lucos Stygios Aspicies (= non aspicies, nisi hoc facies),

    Verg. A. 6, 154 (for sic as antecedent of si, v. infra, IV. 5).—
    3.
    Of intensity:

    non latuit scintilla ingenii: sic erat in omni sermone sollers (= tam sollers erat ut non lateret ingenium),

    Cic. Rep. 2, 21, 37; cf. infra, IV. 4.
    II.
    Referring to a subsequent sentence, thus, as follows, in the following manner (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, hujusmodi, ad hunc modum):

    ingressus est sic loqui Scipio: Catonis hoc senis est, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 1 (cf.:

    tum Varro ita exorsus est,

    id. Ac. 1, 4, 15): hunc inter pugnas Servilius sic compellat, etc., Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4 (Ann. v. 256 Vahl.):

    puero sic dicit pater: Noster esto,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 38:

    sic faciam: adsimulabo quasi quam culpam in sese admiserint,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 27 dub.:

    salem candidum sic facito: amphoram puram impleto, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 88: sic enim dixisti:

    Vidi ego tuam lacrimulam,

    Cic. Planc. 31, 76:

    res autem se sic habet: composite et apte sine sententiis dicere insania est,

    the truth is this, id. Or. 71, 236:

    sic loquere, sic vive: vide, ne te ulla res deprimat,

    Sen. Ep. 10, 4; cf. id. ib. 10, 1; Cato, R. R. 77 sqq.; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 177; Ter. Phorm. prol. 13; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 21, 29; 4, 4, 30; Cic. [p. 1691] Inv. 1, 39, 71; id. Or. 1, 45, 198; 2, 40, 167; 2, 40, 172; id. Att. 2, 22, 1; 5, 1, 3; 6, 1, 3; Verg. A. 1, 521.—
    2.
    Esp., with ellipsis of predicate:

    ego sic: diem statuo, etc. (sc. ago),

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 16.—Sometimes sic introduces detached words: sic loqui nosse, judicasse vetant, novisse jubent et judicavisse (= they forbid to say nosse, etc.), Cic. Or. 47, 157.—
    3.
    For instance (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, ut hoc, verbi gratia, ut si; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91 sq. infra):

    disjunctum est, cum unumquodque certo concluditur verbo,

    Auct. Her. 4, 27, 37:

    mala definitio est... cum aliquid non grave dicit, sic: Stultitia est immensa gloriae cupiditas,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91.
    III.
    As a local demonstrative, thus, so, etc. (deiktikôs; colloq.;

    mostly comice): ne hunc ornatum vos meum admiremini, quod ego processi sic cum servili schema,

    as you see me now, Plaut. Am. prol. 117:

    sed amictus sic hac ludibundus incessi,

    id. Ps. 5, 1, 31:

    nec sic per totam infamis traducerer urbem,

    Prop. 2, 24 (3, 18), 7:

    sic ad me, miserande, redis?

    Ov. M. 11, 728; cf. Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 4.—So accompanied with a corresponding gesture:

    Quid tu igitur sic hoc digitulis duobus sumebas primoribus?

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 25: Pe. Quid si curram? Tr. Censeo. Pe. An sic potius placide? (the speaker imitating the motion), id. Rud. 4, 8, 10:

    non licet te sic placidule bellam belle tangere?

    id. ib. 2, 4, 12:

    quod non omnia sic poterant conjuncta manere,

    Lucr. 5, 441.—

    Here belong the phrases sic dedero, sic dabo, sic datur, expressing a threat of revenge, or satisfaction at another's misfortune: sic dedero! aere militari tetigero lenunculum,

    I will give it to him, Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 6; id. As. 2, 4, 33:

    sic dabo!

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 38:

    doletne? hem, sic datur si quis erum servos spernit,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 21:

    sic furi datur,

    id. Stich. 5, 5, 25; so id. Men. 4, 2, 46.—Referring to an act just performed by the speaker:

    sic deinde quicunque alius transiliet moenia mea (= sic pereat, quicunque deinde, etc.),

    Liv. 1, 7, 2:

    sic eat quaecunque Romana lugebit hostem,

    so will every one fare who, id. 1, 26, 5:

    sic... Cetera sit fortis castrorum turba tuorum (= sic ut interfeci te),

    Ov. M. 12, 285.—So with a comp.-clause expressed:

    sic stratas legiones Latinorum dabo, quemadmodum legatum jacentem videtis,

    Liv. 8, 6, 6; cf. id. 1, 24, 8 (v. IV. 1. infra).
    IV.
    As correlative, with, 1. A comparative clause (sic far more frequent than ita); 2. A contrasted clause, mostly with ut; 3. A modal clause, with ut (ita more freq. than sic); 4. A clause expressing intensity, introduced by ut; 5. A conditional clause (rare; ita more freq.); 6. With a reason, introduced by quia (ante-class. and very rare); 7. With an inf. clause; 8. With ut, expressing purpose or result.
    1.
    With comp. clauses, usu. introduced by ut, but also by quemadmodum (very freq.), sicut, velut, tamquam, quasi, quomodo, quam (rare and poet.), ceu (rare; poet. and post-class.), quantus (rare and poet.), qualis (ante-class. and rare).
    (α).
    With ut:

    ut cibi satietas subamara aliqua re relevatur, sic animus defessus audiendi admiratione redintegratur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 17, 25:

    ut non omnem frugem, neque arborem in omni agro reperire possis, sic non omne facinus in omni vita nascitur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 27, 75:

    ex suo regno sic Mithridates profugit ut ex eodem Ponto Medea quondam profugisse dicitur,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:

    ut tu nunc de Coriolano, sic Clitarchus de Themistocle finxit,

    id. Brut. 11, 42:

    sic moneo ut filium, sic faveo ut mihi, sic hortor ut et pro patria et amicissimum,

    id. Fam. 10, 5, 3:

    ut vita, sic oratione durus fuit,

    id. Brut. 31, 117:

    de Lentulo sic fero ut debeo,

    id. Att. 4, 6, 1:

    sic est ut narro tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40; Cic. Inv. 2, 8, 28; id. Div. 2, 30, 93; id. de Or. 1, 33, 153; 3, 51, 198; Liv. 1, 47, 2; 2, 52, 7; Ov. M. 1, 495; 1, 539; 2, 165 et saep.—So in the formula ut quisque... sic (more freq. ita), rendered by according as, or the more... the...:

    ut quisque rem accurat suam, sic ei procedunt postprincipia denique,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 1, 3:

    ut quaeque res est tur pissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,

    Cic. Caecin. 2, 7; v. Fischer, Gr. II. p. 751.—
    (β).
    With quemadmodum: quemadmodum tibicen sine tibiis canere, sic orator, nisi multitudine audiente, eloquens esse non potest, Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:

    quemadmodum se tribuni gessissent in prohibendo dilectu, sic patres in lege prohibenda gerebant,

    Liv. 3, 11, 3:

    sic vestras hallucinationes fero, quemadmodum Juppiter ineptias poetarum,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 6; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 23, 33; 2, 8, 28; 2, 27, 82; id. Or. 3, 52, 200; id. Lael. 4, 16; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5; Liv. 2, 13, 8; 5, 3, 8; Sen. Ep. 5, 6 (bis); id. Clem. 1, 3, 5; id. Vit. Beat. 23, 4.—
    (γ).
    With sicut:

    tecum simul, sicut ego pro multis, sic ille pro Appio dixit,

    Cic. Brut. 64, 230; 46, 112; id. Or. 2, 44, 186; id. Clu. 2; Caes. B. G. 6, 30; Liv. 4, 57, 11; 7, 13, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 2.—
    (δ).
    With velut:

    velut ipse in re trepida se sit tutatus, sic consulem loca tutiora castris cepisse,

    Liv. 4, 41, 6; cf. Cic. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; Verg. A. 1, 148; Ov. M. 4, 375; 4, 705.—
    (ε).
    With tamquam:

    tamquam litteris in cera, sic se ajebat imaginibus quae meminisse vellet, perscribere,

    Cic. Or. 2, 88, 360:

    quid autem ego sic adhuc egi, tamquam integra sit causa patriciorum?

    Liv. 10, 8:

    sic Ephesi fui, tamquam domi meae,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 69, 1; cf. id. Or. 2, 42, 180; id. Brut. 18, 71; 58, 213; 66, 235; 74, 258; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 16; 2, 14, 1; id. Prov. Cons. 12, 31; Sen. Ep. 101, 7.—
    (ζ).
    With quasi:

    hujus innocentiae sic in hac calamitosa fama, quasi in aliqua perniciosissima flamma subvenire,

    Cic. Clu. 1, 4:

    ea sic observabo quasi intercalatum non sit,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 12:

    Quid tu me sic salutas quasi dudum non videris?

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 51; cf. Cic. Or. 2, 11, 47; id. Inv. 1, 3, 4; id. Sen. 8, 26:

    ego sic vivam quasi sciam, etc.,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 3.—
    (η).
    With quomodo:

    quomodo nomen in militiam non daret debilis, sic ad iter quod inhabile sciat, non accedet,

    Sen. Ot. Sap. 3 (30), 4:

    sic demus quomodo vellemus accipere,

    id. Ben. 2, 1, 1; id. Ep. 9, 17; id. Ot. Sap. 6, 2 (32 med.); Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 4, 4.—
    (θ).
    With ceu:

    ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent... sic Martem indomitum Cernimus,

    Verg. A. 2, 438.—
    (ι).
    With quam:

    non sic incerto mutantur flamine Syrtes, quam cito feminea non constat foedus in ira,

    Prop. 2, 9, 33; Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 281.—
    (κ).
    With quantus:

    nec sic errore laetatus Ulixes... nec sic Electra... quanta ego collegi gaudia,

    Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 5 sqq.—
    (λ).
    With qualis:

    imo sic condignum donum quali'st quoi dono datum est,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 40.—
    (μ).
    Without a correlative particle, in an independent sentence:

    Quis potione uti aut cibo dulci diutius potest? sic omnibus in rebus voluptatibus maximis fastidium finitimum est (= ut nemo cibo dulci uti diutius potest, sic, etc.),

    Cic. Or. 3, 25, 100; cf. id. ib. 19, 63.—
    2.
    In contrasted clauses, mostly with ut, which may generally be rendered while: ut ad bella suscipienda Gallorum acer ac promptus est animus, sic mollis ad calamitates perferendas mens eorum est (almost = etsi ad bella suscipienda... tamen mollis est, etc., while, etc.), Caes. B. G. 3, 19: a ceteris oblectationibus ut deseror, sic litteris sustentor et recreor, while I am deserted, I am sustained, etc., Cic. Att. 4, 10, 1; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 18, 55; id. Fam. 10, 20, 2; Liv. 4, 57, 11; Ov. M. 4, 131; 11, 76.—So freq. two members of the same sentence are coordinated by ut... sic (ita) with almost the same force as a co-ordination by cum... tum, or by sed:

    consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen respondit (= vere fortasse, sed parum utiliter),

    Liv. 4, 6, 2:

    ut nondum satis claram victoriam, sic prosperae spei pugnam imber diremit,

    id. 6, 32, 6:

    (forma erat) ut non cygnorum, sic albis proxima cygnis,

    Ov. M. 14, 509; cf. Liv. 1, 27, 2; 5, 38, 2; 6, 6, 10; Ov. M. 1, 370.—In this use etiam or quoque is sometimes joined with sic (never by Cic. with ita):

    nostri sensus, ut in pace semper, sic tum etiam in bello congruebant (= cum... tum),

    Cic. Marcell. 6, 16:

    ut sunt, sic etiam nominantur senes,

    id. Sen. 6, 20:

    utinam ut culpam, sic etiam suspitionem vitare potuisses,

    id. Phil. 1, 13, 33:

    ut superiorum aetatum studia occidunt, sic occidunt etiam senectutis,

    id. Sen. 20, 76:

    ut voce, sic etiam oratione,

    id. Or. 25, 85; id. Top. 15, 59; id. Leg. 2, 25, 62; id. Lael. 5, 19.—More rarely with quem ad modum, quomodo:

    ut, quem ad modum est, sic etiam appelletur tyrannus,

    Cic. Att. 10, 4, 2:

    quo modo ad bene vivendum, sic etiam ad beate,

    id. Tusc. 3, 17, 37. —
    3.
    With a clause of manner introduced by ut = so that:

    sic fuimus semper comparati ut hominum sermonibus quasi in aliquod judicium vocaremur,

    Cic. Or. 3, 9, 32:

    eam sic audio ut Plautum mihi aut Naevium videar audire,

    id. ib. 3, 12, 45:

    sic agam vobiscum ut aliquid de vestris vitiis audiatis,

    id. ib. 3, 12, 46:

    omnia sic suppetunt ut ei nullam deesse virtutem oratoris putem,

    id. Brut. 71, 250:

    omnis pars orationis esse debet laudabilis, sic ut verbum nullum excidat,

    id. Or. 36, 125:

    sic tecum agam ut vel respondendi vel interpellandi potestatem faciam,

    id. Rosc. Am. 27, 73:

    nec vero sic erat umquam non paratus Milo contra illum ut non satis fere esset paratus,

    id. Mil. 21, 56:

    sic eum eo de re publica disputavit ut sentiret sibi cum viro forti esse pugnandum,

    id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; cf. Plaut. As. 2, 4, 49; id. Mil. 2, 2, 82; Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 245; 2, 1, 3; 2, 6, 23; id. Brut. 22, 88; 40, 148; id. Sest. 40, 87; id. Planc. 10, 25; id. Fam. 5, 15, 4; Caes. B. G. 2, 32; 5, 17; id. B. C. 3, 56; Prop. 1, 21, 5.—Sometimes the correlative clause is restrictive, and sic = but so, yet so, only so:

    mihi sic placuit ut cetera Antisthenis, hominis acuti magis quam eruditi,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 4:

    sic conveniet reprehendi, ut demonstretur etc.,

    id. Inv. 1, 46, 86; id. Brut. 79, 274; id. Marcell. 11, 34; id. Att. 13, 3, 1 (ita is more freq. in this sense).—
    4.
    With a clause expressing intensity (so both with adjj. and verbs; but far less freq. than ita, tam, adeo), to such a degree, so, so far, etc.:

    sic ego illum in timorem dabo, ipse sese ut neget esse eum qui siet,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 20 sq.:

    conficior lacrimis sic ut ferre non possim,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 1:

    sic rem fuisse apertam ut judicium fieri nihil attinuerit,

    id. Inv. 2, 28, 84:

    cujus responso judices sic exarserunt ut capitis hominem innocentissimum condemnarent,

    id. Or. 1, 54, 233; cf. id. ib. 3, 8, 29; id. Brut. 88, 302; id. Or. 53, 177; 55, 184; id. Rep. 2, 21, 37; 3, 9, 15; id. Lael. 1, 4; id. Planc. 8, 21; id. Verr. 1, 36, 91; id. Balb. 5, 13; id. Att. 1, 8, 2; 1, 16, 1; Caes. B. G. 6, 41; Hor. S. 2, 3, 1.—
    5.
    Rarely conditional clauses have the antecedent sic.
    a.
    Poet. and in post-Aug. prose, to represent the result of the condition as sure:

    sic invidiam effugies, si te non ingesseris oculis, si bona tua non jactaveris, si scieris in sinu gaudere,

    Sen. Ep. 105, 3:

    sic hodie veniet si qua negavit heri,

    Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 20.—
    b.
    Denoting with the proviso that, but only if (usu. ita):

    decreverunt ut cum populus regem jussisset, id sic ratum esset si patres auctores fuissent,

    that the choice should be valid, but only if the Senate should ratify it, Liv. 1, 17, 9:

    sic ignovisse putato Me tibi si cenes hodie mecum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 69.—
    6.
    Sic quia = idcirco quia (very rare): Th. Quid vos? Insanin' estis? Tr. Quidum? Th. Sic quia foris ambulatis, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 20.—
    7.
    With inf. clause (freq.):

    sic igitur sentio, naturam primum atque ingenium ad dicendum vim afferre maximam,

    Cic. Or. 1, 25, 113:

    sic a majoribus nostris accepimus, praetorem quaestori suo parentis loco esse oportere,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61:

    ego sic existimo, in summo imperatore quattuor res inesse oportere,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 38; cf. Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 5; Cic. Inv. 2, 55, 167; id. de Or. 1, 20, 93; 2, 28, 122; id. Brut. 36, 138; 41, 152; id. Div. in Caecil. 3, 10; id. Verr. 1, 7, 20; Liv. 5, 15, 11.—Esp., after sic habeto (habe, habeas) = scito (only Ciceron.):

    sic habeto, in eum statum tuum reditum incidere ut, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 1; so id. ib. 1, 7, 3; 2, 6, 5; 2, 10, 1; 7, 18, 1; 9, 16, 2; id. Att. 2, 25, 1; 5, 1, 5; 5, 20, 1 et saep.—
    8.
    With ut, expressing purpose or result:

    nunc sic faciam, sic consilium est, ad erum ut veniam docte atque astu,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 23:

    ab Ariobarzane sic contendi ut talenta, quae mihi pollicebatur, illi daret,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 3:

    sic accidit ut ex tanto navium numero nulla omnino navis... desideraretur,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 23; cf. Cato, R. R. 1, 1; Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4; id. Or. 2, 67, 271.
    V.
    Idiomatic usages of sic.
    1.
    In a wish, expressed as a conclusion after an imperative ( poet.):

    parce: sic bene sub tenera parva quiescat humo (= si parces, bene quiescat),

    Tib. 2, 6, 30:

    annue: sic tibi sint intonsi, Phoebe, capilli,

    id. 2, 5, 121:

    pone, precor, fastus... Sic tibi nec vernum nascentia frigus adurat Poma, nec excutiant rapidi florentia venti,

    Ov. M. 14, 762: dic [p. 1692] mihi de nostra quae sentis vera puella:

    Sic tibi sint dominae, Lygdame, dempta juga,

    Prop. 4, 5, 1; Tib. 2, 6, 30.—The imperative may follow the clause with sic:

    sic tua Cyrneas fugiant examina taxos... Incipe (sc. cantare) si quid habes (= si incipies cantare, opto tibi ut tua examina, etc.),

    Verg. E. 9, 30:

    sic tibi (Arethusa) Doris amara suam non intermisceat undam: Incipe (= si incipies, opto tibi ut Doris, etc.),

    id. ib. 10, 4:

    sic mare compositum, sic sit tibi piscis in unda Credulus... Dic ubi sit,

    Ov. M. 8, 857; Sen. Troad. 702; cf.:

    sic te Diva potens Cypri... Ventorumque regat pater, Navis... Reddas incolumem Vergilium (= si tu, navis, reddes Vergilium, prosperum precor tibi cursum),

    Hor. C. 1, 3, 1; cf.

    also: sic venias hodierne: tibi dem turis honores (=si venies, tibi dem),

    Tib. 1, 7, 53; cf. Ov. H. 3, 135; 4, 148.—
    2.
    Sic (like ita) with ut in strong asseveration ( poet.):

    sic me di amabunt, ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum (= by the love of the gods, I pity, etc.),

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54:

    Diespiter me sic amabit ut ego hanc familiam interire cupio,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 47:

    sic has deus aequoris artes Adjuvet, ut nemo jamdudum littore in isto constitit,

    Ov. M. 8, 866:

    sic mihi te referas levis, ut non altera nostro limine intulit ulla pedes,

    Prop. 1, 18, 11; cf. id. 3, 15 (4, 14), 1; cf.:

    vera cano, sic usque sacras innoxia laurus vescar,

    Tib. 2, 5, 63.—
    3.
    In a demonstrative temporal force, like the Gr. houtôs, so, as the matter stands now, as it now is, as it then was, etc.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    e Graecis cavendae sunt quaedam familiaritates, praeter hominum perpaucorum, si qui sunt vetere Graecia digni. Sic vero fallaces sunt permulti et leves,

    but as things now stand, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5, § 16:

    at sic citius qui te expedias his aerumnis reperias,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 8: Pe. Pol tibi istuc credo nomen actutum fore. Tr. Dum interea sic sit, istuc actutum sino, provided it be as it is, Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 71:

    quotiens hoc tibi ego interdixi, meam ne sic volgo pollicitarere operam,

    thus, as you are doing now, id. Mil. 4, 2, 65:

    si utrumvis tibi visus essem, Non sic ludibrio tuis factis habitus essem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 11:

    non sic nudos in flumen deicere (voluerunt),

    naked, as they are, Cic. Rosc. Am. 26, 71:

    sub alta platano... jacentes sic temere,

    Hor. C. 2, 11, 14.—Esp., with sine and abl.:

    me germanam meam sororem tibi sic sine dote dedisse,

    so as she is, without a dowry, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 65:

    sic sine malo,

    id. Rud. 3, 5, 2:

    at operam perire meam sic... perpeti nequeo,

    without result, id. Trin. 3, 2, 34 Ritschl, Fleck. (Brix omits sic): nec sic de nihilo fulminis ira cadit (= without cause), Prop. 2, 16 (3, 8), 52: mirabar hoc si sic abiret, so, i. e. without trouble, Ter. And. 1, 2, 4:

    hoc non poterit sic abire,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 3, 7; so,

    sic abire,

    id. Att. 14, 1, 1; Cat. 14, 16; Plaut. Men. 5, 7, 39. —Hence,
    (β).
    With imperatives, esp. with sine: Quid ego hoc faciam postea? sic sine eumpse, just let him alone, i. e. leave him as he is, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:

    si non vult (numerare), sic sine adstet,

    id. As. 2, 4, 54:

    sine fores sic, abi,

    let the door alone, id. Men. 2, 3, 1; so id. Cas. 3, 6, 36; id. Ps. 1, 5, 62.—
    (γ).
    Pregn., implying a concession (= kai houtôs), even as it is now, even without doing so, in spite of it:

    nolo bis iterare, sat sic longae fiunt fabulae,

    narratives are long enough anyhow, as they are, without saying them twice over, Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 154:

    sed sic quoque erat tamen Acis,

    even as it was, in spite of what has been said, Ov. M. 13, 896; so,

    sic quoque fallebat,

    id. ib. 1, 698:

    sed sic me et libertatis fructu privas et diligentiae,

    anyhow, not taking into account what is mentioned, Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 4: exhibeas molestiam si quid debeam, qui nunc sic tam es molestus, who art so troublesome even as it is, i. e. without my owing you any thing, Plaut. Pers. 2, 44:

    sic quoque parte plebis affecta, fides tamen publica potior senatui fuit,

    Liv. 7, 27; cf. Ov. F. 2, 642; Suet. Aug. 78.—
    4.
    Ellipt., referring to something in the mind of the speaker:

    Quod si hoc nunc sic incipiam? Nihil est. Quod si sic? Tantumdem egero. At sic opinor? Non potest,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 2, 8: illa quae aliis sic, aliis secus videntur, to some in one way, to others in another (= aliis aliter), Cic. Leg. 1, 17, 47: Quid vini absumpsit! Sic hoc dicens, asperum hoc est, aliud lenius, = this wine is so (the speaker not saying what he thinks of it), Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 49: deinde quod illa (quae ego dixi) sive faceta sunt, sive sic, fiunt narrante te venustissima, or so, i. e. or otherwise, Cic. Fam. 15, 21, 2:

    monitorem non desiderabit qui dicat, Sic incede, sic cena... sic amico utere, sic cive, sic socio,

    Sen. Ep. 114.—
    5.
    In answers, yes = the French, Italian, and Spanish si (ante - class. and rare): Ph. Phaniam relictam ais? Ge. Sic, Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 2: De. Illa maneat? Ch. Sic, id. ib. 5, 3, 30: Ch. Sicine est sententia? Me. Sic, id. Heaut. 1, 1, 114.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sic

  • 43 sice

    sīc (old form sīce, Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 12; also seic, C. I. L. 818), adv. [for si - ce; si, locat. form of pron. stem sa- = Gr. ho, ha, or hê, and demonstr. -ce; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 777], so, thus, in this or that manner, in such a manner, in the same way or manner, in like manner, likewise, to this or that extent or degree, to such a degree, in this or that state or condition, in such a condition (syn. ita); sic refers, I. To a previous fact, description, or assumption.—II. To a subsequent independent sentence, = thus, as follows. —III. As a local demonstrative (deiktikôs), referring to something done or pointed out by the speaker, = thus, as I do it; thus, as you see, etc.—IV. As a correlative, preceding or following clauses introduced by conjunctions. —V. In certain idiomatic connections.
    I.
    Referring to something said before, = hoc modo: sic ille annus duo firmamenta rei publicae evertit, so, i. e. in the manner mentioned, Cic. Att. 1, 18, 3:

    sic et nata et progressa eloquentia videtur,

    id. Inv. 1, 2, 3:

    facinus indignum Sic circumiri,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 9:

    sic deinceps omne opus contexitur,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 23:

    arare mavelim quam sic amare,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 21:

    sic se res habet,

    Cic. Brut. 18, 71:

    sic regii constiterant,

    Liv. 42, 58:

    sic res Romana in antiquum statum rediit,

    id. 3, 9, 1:

    sic ad Alpes perventum est,

    Tac. H. 1, 84; cf. Enn. Ann. 1, 104; Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 88; Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 11; Cic. Inv. 1, 46, 86; 2, 32, 100; id. de Or. 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 201; 3, 29, 117; id. Brut. 40, 149; id. Rep. 2, 14, 27; 2, 20, 35; id. Lael. 9, 32; Liv. 4, 11, 5; 6, 17, 1; Caes. B. G. 3, 19; 6, 30; 7, 62.—Often sic does not qualify the main predicate, but a participle or adjective referring to it:

    sic igitur instructus veniat ad causas,

    Cic. Or. 34, 121:

    cum sic affectos dimisisset,

    Liv. 21, 43, 1:

    sic omnibus copiis fusis se in castra recipiunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 6:

    sic milites consolatus eodem die reducit in castra,

    id. ib. 7, 19; cf. id. ib. 7, 62; Ov. M. 1, 32.—
    2.
    In a parenthet. clause (= ita):

    quae, ut sic dicam, ad corpus pertinent civitatis,

    so to speak, Cic. Inv. 2, 56, 168:

    commentabar declamitans—sic enim nunc loquuntur,

    id. Brut. 90, 310; cf. id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. Lael. 11, 39; Liv. 7, 31; Ov. M. 4, 660; 13, 597; 13, 866.—
    3.
    Referring not to the predicate, but to some intermediate term understood (= ita; cf.

    Engl. so): sic provolant duo Fabii (= sic loquentes),

    Liv. 2, 46, 7:

    sic enim nostrae rationes postulabant (sic = ut sic agerem),

    Cic. Att. 4, 2, 6:

    tibi enim ipsi sic video placere (sic = sic faciendo),

    id. ib. 4, 6, 2:

    sic enim concedis mihi proximis litteris (= ut sic agam),

    id. ib. 5, 20, 1:

    sic enim statuerat (= hoc faciendum esse),

    id. Phil. 5, 7, 208:

    Quid igitur? Non sic oportet? Equidem censeo sic (sic = hoc fieri),

    id. Fam. 16, 18, 1:

    sic soleo (i. e. bona consilia reddere),

    Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 25:

    sic soleo amicos (i. e. beare),

    id. Eun. 2, 2, 48:

    sic memini tamen (= hoc ita esse),

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 48:

    haec sic audivi (= ita esse),

    id. Ep. 3, 1, 79:

    sic prorsus existimo (= hoc ita esse),

    Cic. Brut. 33, 125:

    quoniam sic cogitis ipsi (= hoc facere),

    Ov. M. 5, 178.—
    4.
    As completing object, = hoc:

    iis litteris respondebo: sic enim postulas (= hoc postulas),

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 1:

    hic adsiste. Sic volo (= hoc volo, or hoc te facere volo),

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 15:

    sic fata jubent (= hoc jubent, or hoc facere jubent),

    Ov. M. 15, 584:

    hic apud nos hodie cenes. Sic face,

    Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 8:

    sic faciendum est,

    Cic. Att. 4, 6, 2.—
    5.
    Predicatively with esse (appellari, videri, etc.), in the sense of talis:

    sic vita hominum est (= talis),

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:

    vir acerrimo ingenio—sic enim fuit,

    id. Or. 5, 18:

    familiaris noster—sic est enim,

    id. Att. 1, 18, 6:

    sic est vulgus,

    id. Rosc. Com. 10, 20:

    sic, Crito, est hic,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 16: sic sum;

    si placeo, utere,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 42:

    sic sententiest,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 90:

    sic est (= sic res se habet),

    that is so, Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 21:

    qui sic sunt (i. e. vivunt) haud multum heredem juvant,

    id. Hec. 3, 5, 10:

    nunc hoc profecto sic est,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 42:

    sic est. Non muto sententiam,

    Sen. Ep. 10; cf. Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 35; id. Am. 2, 1, 60; id. Aul. 2, 4, 43; id. As. 5, 2, 12; id. Most. 4, 3, 40; Ter. And. 1, 1, 35; id. Eun. 3, 1, 18; id. Ad. 3, 3, 44; Cic. Lael. 1, 5; id. de Or. 1, 19, 86; id. Or. 14, 46.—
    6.
    Rarely as subject (mostly representing a subject-clause):

    sic commodius esse arbitror quam manere hanc (sic = abire),

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 31:

    si sic (= hoc) est factum, erus damno auctus est,

    id. Heaut. 4, 1, 15: Pe. Quid? Concidit? Mi. Sic suspicio est (= eam concidisse), Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 57:

    mihi sic est usus (= sic agere),

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 28:

    sic opus est (= hoc facere),

    Ov. M. 1, 279; 2, 785.—
    B.
    To express relations other than manner (rare).
    1.
    Of consequence; un der these circumstances, accordingly, hence:

    sic Numitori ad supplicium Remus deditur,

    Liv. 1, 5, 4:

    sic et habet quod uterque eorum habuit, et explevit quod utrique defuit,

    Cic. Brut. 42, 154:

    sic victam legem esse, nisi caveant,

    Liv. 4, 11, 5:

    suavis mihi ructus est. Sic sine modo,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 17. —
    2.
    Of condition; on this condition, if this be done, etc.:

    reliquas illius anni pestes recordamini, sic enim facillime perspicietis, etc.,

    Cic. Sest. 25, 55: displiceas aliis;

    sic ego tutus ero (sic = si displicebis),

    Tib. 4, 13, 6:

    Scironis media sic licet ire via (sic = si amantes eunt),

    Prop. 4, 15 (3, 16), 12:

    sic demum lucos Stygios Aspicies (= non aspicies, nisi hoc facies),

    Verg. A. 6, 154 (for sic as antecedent of si, v. infra, IV. 5).—
    3.
    Of intensity:

    non latuit scintilla ingenii: sic erat in omni sermone sollers (= tam sollers erat ut non lateret ingenium),

    Cic. Rep. 2, 21, 37; cf. infra, IV. 4.
    II.
    Referring to a subsequent sentence, thus, as follows, in the following manner (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, hujusmodi, ad hunc modum):

    ingressus est sic loqui Scipio: Catonis hoc senis est, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 1 (cf.:

    tum Varro ita exorsus est,

    id. Ac. 1, 4, 15): hunc inter pugnas Servilius sic compellat, etc., Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4 (Ann. v. 256 Vahl.):

    puero sic dicit pater: Noster esto,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 38:

    sic faciam: adsimulabo quasi quam culpam in sese admiserint,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 27 dub.:

    salem candidum sic facito: amphoram puram impleto, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 88: sic enim dixisti:

    Vidi ego tuam lacrimulam,

    Cic. Planc. 31, 76:

    res autem se sic habet: composite et apte sine sententiis dicere insania est,

    the truth is this, id. Or. 71, 236:

    sic loquere, sic vive: vide, ne te ulla res deprimat,

    Sen. Ep. 10, 4; cf. id. ib. 10, 1; Cato, R. R. 77 sqq.; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 177; Ter. Phorm. prol. 13; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 21, 29; 4, 4, 30; Cic. [p. 1691] Inv. 1, 39, 71; id. Or. 1, 45, 198; 2, 40, 167; 2, 40, 172; id. Att. 2, 22, 1; 5, 1, 3; 6, 1, 3; Verg. A. 1, 521.—
    2.
    Esp., with ellipsis of predicate:

    ego sic: diem statuo, etc. (sc. ago),

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 16.—Sometimes sic introduces detached words: sic loqui nosse, judicasse vetant, novisse jubent et judicavisse (= they forbid to say nosse, etc.), Cic. Or. 47, 157.—
    3.
    For instance (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, ut hoc, verbi gratia, ut si; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91 sq. infra):

    disjunctum est, cum unumquodque certo concluditur verbo,

    Auct. Her. 4, 27, 37:

    mala definitio est... cum aliquid non grave dicit, sic: Stultitia est immensa gloriae cupiditas,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91.
    III.
    As a local demonstrative, thus, so, etc. (deiktikôs; colloq.;

    mostly comice): ne hunc ornatum vos meum admiremini, quod ego processi sic cum servili schema,

    as you see me now, Plaut. Am. prol. 117:

    sed amictus sic hac ludibundus incessi,

    id. Ps. 5, 1, 31:

    nec sic per totam infamis traducerer urbem,

    Prop. 2, 24 (3, 18), 7:

    sic ad me, miserande, redis?

    Ov. M. 11, 728; cf. Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 4.—So accompanied with a corresponding gesture:

    Quid tu igitur sic hoc digitulis duobus sumebas primoribus?

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 25: Pe. Quid si curram? Tr. Censeo. Pe. An sic potius placide? (the speaker imitating the motion), id. Rud. 4, 8, 10:

    non licet te sic placidule bellam belle tangere?

    id. ib. 2, 4, 12:

    quod non omnia sic poterant conjuncta manere,

    Lucr. 5, 441.—

    Here belong the phrases sic dedero, sic dabo, sic datur, expressing a threat of revenge, or satisfaction at another's misfortune: sic dedero! aere militari tetigero lenunculum,

    I will give it to him, Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 6; id. As. 2, 4, 33:

    sic dabo!

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 38:

    doletne? hem, sic datur si quis erum servos spernit,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 21:

    sic furi datur,

    id. Stich. 5, 5, 25; so id. Men. 4, 2, 46.—Referring to an act just performed by the speaker:

    sic deinde quicunque alius transiliet moenia mea (= sic pereat, quicunque deinde, etc.),

    Liv. 1, 7, 2:

    sic eat quaecunque Romana lugebit hostem,

    so will every one fare who, id. 1, 26, 5:

    sic... Cetera sit fortis castrorum turba tuorum (= sic ut interfeci te),

    Ov. M. 12, 285.—So with a comp.-clause expressed:

    sic stratas legiones Latinorum dabo, quemadmodum legatum jacentem videtis,

    Liv. 8, 6, 6; cf. id. 1, 24, 8 (v. IV. 1. infra).
    IV.
    As correlative, with, 1. A comparative clause (sic far more frequent than ita); 2. A contrasted clause, mostly with ut; 3. A modal clause, with ut (ita more freq. than sic); 4. A clause expressing intensity, introduced by ut; 5. A conditional clause (rare; ita more freq.); 6. With a reason, introduced by quia (ante-class. and very rare); 7. With an inf. clause; 8. With ut, expressing purpose or result.
    1.
    With comp. clauses, usu. introduced by ut, but also by quemadmodum (very freq.), sicut, velut, tamquam, quasi, quomodo, quam (rare and poet.), ceu (rare; poet. and post-class.), quantus (rare and poet.), qualis (ante-class. and rare).
    (α).
    With ut:

    ut cibi satietas subamara aliqua re relevatur, sic animus defessus audiendi admiratione redintegratur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 17, 25:

    ut non omnem frugem, neque arborem in omni agro reperire possis, sic non omne facinus in omni vita nascitur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 27, 75:

    ex suo regno sic Mithridates profugit ut ex eodem Ponto Medea quondam profugisse dicitur,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:

    ut tu nunc de Coriolano, sic Clitarchus de Themistocle finxit,

    id. Brut. 11, 42:

    sic moneo ut filium, sic faveo ut mihi, sic hortor ut et pro patria et amicissimum,

    id. Fam. 10, 5, 3:

    ut vita, sic oratione durus fuit,

    id. Brut. 31, 117:

    de Lentulo sic fero ut debeo,

    id. Att. 4, 6, 1:

    sic est ut narro tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40; Cic. Inv. 2, 8, 28; id. Div. 2, 30, 93; id. de Or. 1, 33, 153; 3, 51, 198; Liv. 1, 47, 2; 2, 52, 7; Ov. M. 1, 495; 1, 539; 2, 165 et saep.—So in the formula ut quisque... sic (more freq. ita), rendered by according as, or the more... the...:

    ut quisque rem accurat suam, sic ei procedunt postprincipia denique,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 1, 3:

    ut quaeque res est tur pissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,

    Cic. Caecin. 2, 7; v. Fischer, Gr. II. p. 751.—
    (β).
    With quemadmodum: quemadmodum tibicen sine tibiis canere, sic orator, nisi multitudine audiente, eloquens esse non potest, Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:

    quemadmodum se tribuni gessissent in prohibendo dilectu, sic patres in lege prohibenda gerebant,

    Liv. 3, 11, 3:

    sic vestras hallucinationes fero, quemadmodum Juppiter ineptias poetarum,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 6; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 23, 33; 2, 8, 28; 2, 27, 82; id. Or. 3, 52, 200; id. Lael. 4, 16; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5; Liv. 2, 13, 8; 5, 3, 8; Sen. Ep. 5, 6 (bis); id. Clem. 1, 3, 5; id. Vit. Beat. 23, 4.—
    (γ).
    With sicut:

    tecum simul, sicut ego pro multis, sic ille pro Appio dixit,

    Cic. Brut. 64, 230; 46, 112; id. Or. 2, 44, 186; id. Clu. 2; Caes. B. G. 6, 30; Liv. 4, 57, 11; 7, 13, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 2.—
    (δ).
    With velut:

    velut ipse in re trepida se sit tutatus, sic consulem loca tutiora castris cepisse,

    Liv. 4, 41, 6; cf. Cic. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; Verg. A. 1, 148; Ov. M. 4, 375; 4, 705.—
    (ε).
    With tamquam:

    tamquam litteris in cera, sic se ajebat imaginibus quae meminisse vellet, perscribere,

    Cic. Or. 2, 88, 360:

    quid autem ego sic adhuc egi, tamquam integra sit causa patriciorum?

    Liv. 10, 8:

    sic Ephesi fui, tamquam domi meae,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 69, 1; cf. id. Or. 2, 42, 180; id. Brut. 18, 71; 58, 213; 66, 235; 74, 258; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 16; 2, 14, 1; id. Prov. Cons. 12, 31; Sen. Ep. 101, 7.—
    (ζ).
    With quasi:

    hujus innocentiae sic in hac calamitosa fama, quasi in aliqua perniciosissima flamma subvenire,

    Cic. Clu. 1, 4:

    ea sic observabo quasi intercalatum non sit,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 12:

    Quid tu me sic salutas quasi dudum non videris?

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 51; cf. Cic. Or. 2, 11, 47; id. Inv. 1, 3, 4; id. Sen. 8, 26:

    ego sic vivam quasi sciam, etc.,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 3.—
    (η).
    With quomodo:

    quomodo nomen in militiam non daret debilis, sic ad iter quod inhabile sciat, non accedet,

    Sen. Ot. Sap. 3 (30), 4:

    sic demus quomodo vellemus accipere,

    id. Ben. 2, 1, 1; id. Ep. 9, 17; id. Ot. Sap. 6, 2 (32 med.); Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 4, 4.—
    (θ).
    With ceu:

    ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent... sic Martem indomitum Cernimus,

    Verg. A. 2, 438.—
    (ι).
    With quam:

    non sic incerto mutantur flamine Syrtes, quam cito feminea non constat foedus in ira,

    Prop. 2, 9, 33; Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 281.—
    (κ).
    With quantus:

    nec sic errore laetatus Ulixes... nec sic Electra... quanta ego collegi gaudia,

    Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 5 sqq.—
    (λ).
    With qualis:

    imo sic condignum donum quali'st quoi dono datum est,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 40.—
    (μ).
    Without a correlative particle, in an independent sentence:

    Quis potione uti aut cibo dulci diutius potest? sic omnibus in rebus voluptatibus maximis fastidium finitimum est (= ut nemo cibo dulci uti diutius potest, sic, etc.),

    Cic. Or. 3, 25, 100; cf. id. ib. 19, 63.—
    2.
    In contrasted clauses, mostly with ut, which may generally be rendered while: ut ad bella suscipienda Gallorum acer ac promptus est animus, sic mollis ad calamitates perferendas mens eorum est (almost = etsi ad bella suscipienda... tamen mollis est, etc., while, etc.), Caes. B. G. 3, 19: a ceteris oblectationibus ut deseror, sic litteris sustentor et recreor, while I am deserted, I am sustained, etc., Cic. Att. 4, 10, 1; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 18, 55; id. Fam. 10, 20, 2; Liv. 4, 57, 11; Ov. M. 4, 131; 11, 76.—So freq. two members of the same sentence are coordinated by ut... sic (ita) with almost the same force as a co-ordination by cum... tum, or by sed:

    consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen respondit (= vere fortasse, sed parum utiliter),

    Liv. 4, 6, 2:

    ut nondum satis claram victoriam, sic prosperae spei pugnam imber diremit,

    id. 6, 32, 6:

    (forma erat) ut non cygnorum, sic albis proxima cygnis,

    Ov. M. 14, 509; cf. Liv. 1, 27, 2; 5, 38, 2; 6, 6, 10; Ov. M. 1, 370.—In this use etiam or quoque is sometimes joined with sic (never by Cic. with ita):

    nostri sensus, ut in pace semper, sic tum etiam in bello congruebant (= cum... tum),

    Cic. Marcell. 6, 16:

    ut sunt, sic etiam nominantur senes,

    id. Sen. 6, 20:

    utinam ut culpam, sic etiam suspitionem vitare potuisses,

    id. Phil. 1, 13, 33:

    ut superiorum aetatum studia occidunt, sic occidunt etiam senectutis,

    id. Sen. 20, 76:

    ut voce, sic etiam oratione,

    id. Or. 25, 85; id. Top. 15, 59; id. Leg. 2, 25, 62; id. Lael. 5, 19.—More rarely with quem ad modum, quomodo:

    ut, quem ad modum est, sic etiam appelletur tyrannus,

    Cic. Att. 10, 4, 2:

    quo modo ad bene vivendum, sic etiam ad beate,

    id. Tusc. 3, 17, 37. —
    3.
    With a clause of manner introduced by ut = so that:

    sic fuimus semper comparati ut hominum sermonibus quasi in aliquod judicium vocaremur,

    Cic. Or. 3, 9, 32:

    eam sic audio ut Plautum mihi aut Naevium videar audire,

    id. ib. 3, 12, 45:

    sic agam vobiscum ut aliquid de vestris vitiis audiatis,

    id. ib. 3, 12, 46:

    omnia sic suppetunt ut ei nullam deesse virtutem oratoris putem,

    id. Brut. 71, 250:

    omnis pars orationis esse debet laudabilis, sic ut verbum nullum excidat,

    id. Or. 36, 125:

    sic tecum agam ut vel respondendi vel interpellandi potestatem faciam,

    id. Rosc. Am. 27, 73:

    nec vero sic erat umquam non paratus Milo contra illum ut non satis fere esset paratus,

    id. Mil. 21, 56:

    sic eum eo de re publica disputavit ut sentiret sibi cum viro forti esse pugnandum,

    id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; cf. Plaut. As. 2, 4, 49; id. Mil. 2, 2, 82; Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 245; 2, 1, 3; 2, 6, 23; id. Brut. 22, 88; 40, 148; id. Sest. 40, 87; id. Planc. 10, 25; id. Fam. 5, 15, 4; Caes. B. G. 2, 32; 5, 17; id. B. C. 3, 56; Prop. 1, 21, 5.—Sometimes the correlative clause is restrictive, and sic = but so, yet so, only so:

    mihi sic placuit ut cetera Antisthenis, hominis acuti magis quam eruditi,

    Cic. Att. 12, 38, 4:

    sic conveniet reprehendi, ut demonstretur etc.,

    id. Inv. 1, 46, 86; id. Brut. 79, 274; id. Marcell. 11, 34; id. Att. 13, 3, 1 (ita is more freq. in this sense).—
    4.
    With a clause expressing intensity (so both with adjj. and verbs; but far less freq. than ita, tam, adeo), to such a degree, so, so far, etc.:

    sic ego illum in timorem dabo, ipse sese ut neget esse eum qui siet,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 20 sq.:

    conficior lacrimis sic ut ferre non possim,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 1:

    sic rem fuisse apertam ut judicium fieri nihil attinuerit,

    id. Inv. 2, 28, 84:

    cujus responso judices sic exarserunt ut capitis hominem innocentissimum condemnarent,

    id. Or. 1, 54, 233; cf. id. ib. 3, 8, 29; id. Brut. 88, 302; id. Or. 53, 177; 55, 184; id. Rep. 2, 21, 37; 3, 9, 15; id. Lael. 1, 4; id. Planc. 8, 21; id. Verr. 1, 36, 91; id. Balb. 5, 13; id. Att. 1, 8, 2; 1, 16, 1; Caes. B. G. 6, 41; Hor. S. 2, 3, 1.—
    5.
    Rarely conditional clauses have the antecedent sic.
    a.
    Poet. and in post-Aug. prose, to represent the result of the condition as sure:

    sic invidiam effugies, si te non ingesseris oculis, si bona tua non jactaveris, si scieris in sinu gaudere,

    Sen. Ep. 105, 3:

    sic hodie veniet si qua negavit heri,

    Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 20.—
    b.
    Denoting with the proviso that, but only if (usu. ita):

    decreverunt ut cum populus regem jussisset, id sic ratum esset si patres auctores fuissent,

    that the choice should be valid, but only if the Senate should ratify it, Liv. 1, 17, 9:

    sic ignovisse putato Me tibi si cenes hodie mecum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 69.—
    6.
    Sic quia = idcirco quia (very rare): Th. Quid vos? Insanin' estis? Tr. Quidum? Th. Sic quia foris ambulatis, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 20.—
    7.
    With inf. clause (freq.):

    sic igitur sentio, naturam primum atque ingenium ad dicendum vim afferre maximam,

    Cic. Or. 1, 25, 113:

    sic a majoribus nostris accepimus, praetorem quaestori suo parentis loco esse oportere,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61:

    ego sic existimo, in summo imperatore quattuor res inesse oportere,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 38; cf. Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 5; Cic. Inv. 2, 55, 167; id. de Or. 1, 20, 93; 2, 28, 122; id. Brut. 36, 138; 41, 152; id. Div. in Caecil. 3, 10; id. Verr. 1, 7, 20; Liv. 5, 15, 11.—Esp., after sic habeto (habe, habeas) = scito (only Ciceron.):

    sic habeto, in eum statum tuum reditum incidere ut, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 1; so id. ib. 1, 7, 3; 2, 6, 5; 2, 10, 1; 7, 18, 1; 9, 16, 2; id. Att. 2, 25, 1; 5, 1, 5; 5, 20, 1 et saep.—
    8.
    With ut, expressing purpose or result:

    nunc sic faciam, sic consilium est, ad erum ut veniam docte atque astu,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 23:

    ab Ariobarzane sic contendi ut talenta, quae mihi pollicebatur, illi daret,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 3:

    sic accidit ut ex tanto navium numero nulla omnino navis... desideraretur,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 23; cf. Cato, R. R. 1, 1; Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4; id. Or. 2, 67, 271.
    V.
    Idiomatic usages of sic.
    1.
    In a wish, expressed as a conclusion after an imperative ( poet.):

    parce: sic bene sub tenera parva quiescat humo (= si parces, bene quiescat),

    Tib. 2, 6, 30:

    annue: sic tibi sint intonsi, Phoebe, capilli,

    id. 2, 5, 121:

    pone, precor, fastus... Sic tibi nec vernum nascentia frigus adurat Poma, nec excutiant rapidi florentia venti,

    Ov. M. 14, 762: dic [p. 1692] mihi de nostra quae sentis vera puella:

    Sic tibi sint dominae, Lygdame, dempta juga,

    Prop. 4, 5, 1; Tib. 2, 6, 30.—The imperative may follow the clause with sic:

    sic tua Cyrneas fugiant examina taxos... Incipe (sc. cantare) si quid habes (= si incipies cantare, opto tibi ut tua examina, etc.),

    Verg. E. 9, 30:

    sic tibi (Arethusa) Doris amara suam non intermisceat undam: Incipe (= si incipies, opto tibi ut Doris, etc.),

    id. ib. 10, 4:

    sic mare compositum, sic sit tibi piscis in unda Credulus... Dic ubi sit,

    Ov. M. 8, 857; Sen. Troad. 702; cf.:

    sic te Diva potens Cypri... Ventorumque regat pater, Navis... Reddas incolumem Vergilium (= si tu, navis, reddes Vergilium, prosperum precor tibi cursum),

    Hor. C. 1, 3, 1; cf.

    also: sic venias hodierne: tibi dem turis honores (=si venies, tibi dem),

    Tib. 1, 7, 53; cf. Ov. H. 3, 135; 4, 148.—
    2.
    Sic (like ita) with ut in strong asseveration ( poet.):

    sic me di amabunt, ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum (= by the love of the gods, I pity, etc.),

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54:

    Diespiter me sic amabit ut ego hanc familiam interire cupio,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 47:

    sic has deus aequoris artes Adjuvet, ut nemo jamdudum littore in isto constitit,

    Ov. M. 8, 866:

    sic mihi te referas levis, ut non altera nostro limine intulit ulla pedes,

    Prop. 1, 18, 11; cf. id. 3, 15 (4, 14), 1; cf.:

    vera cano, sic usque sacras innoxia laurus vescar,

    Tib. 2, 5, 63.—
    3.
    In a demonstrative temporal force, like the Gr. houtôs, so, as the matter stands now, as it now is, as it then was, etc.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    e Graecis cavendae sunt quaedam familiaritates, praeter hominum perpaucorum, si qui sunt vetere Graecia digni. Sic vero fallaces sunt permulti et leves,

    but as things now stand, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5, § 16:

    at sic citius qui te expedias his aerumnis reperias,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 8: Pe. Pol tibi istuc credo nomen actutum fore. Tr. Dum interea sic sit, istuc actutum sino, provided it be as it is, Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 71:

    quotiens hoc tibi ego interdixi, meam ne sic volgo pollicitarere operam,

    thus, as you are doing now, id. Mil. 4, 2, 65:

    si utrumvis tibi visus essem, Non sic ludibrio tuis factis habitus essem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 11:

    non sic nudos in flumen deicere (voluerunt),

    naked, as they are, Cic. Rosc. Am. 26, 71:

    sub alta platano... jacentes sic temere,

    Hor. C. 2, 11, 14.—Esp., with sine and abl.:

    me germanam meam sororem tibi sic sine dote dedisse,

    so as she is, without a dowry, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 65:

    sic sine malo,

    id. Rud. 3, 5, 2:

    at operam perire meam sic... perpeti nequeo,

    without result, id. Trin. 3, 2, 34 Ritschl, Fleck. (Brix omits sic): nec sic de nihilo fulminis ira cadit (= without cause), Prop. 2, 16 (3, 8), 52: mirabar hoc si sic abiret, so, i. e. without trouble, Ter. And. 1, 2, 4:

    hoc non poterit sic abire,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 3, 7; so,

    sic abire,

    id. Att. 14, 1, 1; Cat. 14, 16; Plaut. Men. 5, 7, 39. —Hence,
    (β).
    With imperatives, esp. with sine: Quid ego hoc faciam postea? sic sine eumpse, just let him alone, i. e. leave him as he is, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:

    si non vult (numerare), sic sine adstet,

    id. As. 2, 4, 54:

    sine fores sic, abi,

    let the door alone, id. Men. 2, 3, 1; so id. Cas. 3, 6, 36; id. Ps. 1, 5, 62.—
    (γ).
    Pregn., implying a concession (= kai houtôs), even as it is now, even without doing so, in spite of it:

    nolo bis iterare, sat sic longae fiunt fabulae,

    narratives are long enough anyhow, as they are, without saying them twice over, Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 154:

    sed sic quoque erat tamen Acis,

    even as it was, in spite of what has been said, Ov. M. 13, 896; so,

    sic quoque fallebat,

    id. ib. 1, 698:

    sed sic me et libertatis fructu privas et diligentiae,

    anyhow, not taking into account what is mentioned, Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 4: exhibeas molestiam si quid debeam, qui nunc sic tam es molestus, who art so troublesome even as it is, i. e. without my owing you any thing, Plaut. Pers. 2, 44:

    sic quoque parte plebis affecta, fides tamen publica potior senatui fuit,

    Liv. 7, 27; cf. Ov. F. 2, 642; Suet. Aug. 78.—
    4.
    Ellipt., referring to something in the mind of the speaker:

    Quod si hoc nunc sic incipiam? Nihil est. Quod si sic? Tantumdem egero. At sic opinor? Non potest,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 2, 8: illa quae aliis sic, aliis secus videntur, to some in one way, to others in another (= aliis aliter), Cic. Leg. 1, 17, 47: Quid vini absumpsit! Sic hoc dicens, asperum hoc est, aliud lenius, = this wine is so (the speaker not saying what he thinks of it), Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 49: deinde quod illa (quae ego dixi) sive faceta sunt, sive sic, fiunt narrante te venustissima, or so, i. e. or otherwise, Cic. Fam. 15, 21, 2:

    monitorem non desiderabit qui dicat, Sic incede, sic cena... sic amico utere, sic cive, sic socio,

    Sen. Ep. 114.—
    5.
    In answers, yes = the French, Italian, and Spanish si (ante - class. and rare): Ph. Phaniam relictam ais? Ge. Sic, Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 2: De. Illa maneat? Ch. Sic, id. ib. 5, 3, 30: Ch. Sicine est sententia? Me. Sic, id. Heaut. 1, 1, 114.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sice

  • 44 αὐτός

    αὐτός, ή, ὁ (Hom.+; W-S. §22; B-D-F index) reflexive pron. ‘self’
    intensive marker, setting an item off fr. everything else through emphasis and contrast, self, used in all pers., genders, and numbers.
    used w. a subject (noun or pron.)
    α. specif. named (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 6; Plut., Caes. 710 [7, 9] αὐ. Κικέρων; 2 Macc 11:12) αὐ. Δαυίδ David himself Mk 12:36f; Lk 20:42; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς Lk 24:15; J 2:24; 4:44; αὐ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς short ending of Mk.
    β. or otherw. exactly designated αὐ. ὁ θεός (Jos., Bell. 7, 346) Rv 21:3; αὐ. τ. ἐπουράνια Hb 9:23 (cp. 4 Macc 17:17; Sir 46:3b; GrBar); αὐ. ἐγώ I myself Ro 15:14 (cp. 3 Macc 3:13; POxy 294, 13f [22 A.D.]); αὐ. ἐγὼ Παῦλος 2 Cor 10:1; αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς J 3:28 (cp. 4 Macc 6:19; En 103:7); αὐτοὶ οὗτοι (Thu. 6, 33, 6) Ac 24:15; ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς among yourselves 1 Cor 11:13.
    to emphasize a subject already known: of Jesus Mt 8:24; Mk 8:29; Lk 5:16f; 9:51; 10:38; 24:36 (cp. the Pythagorean αὐτὸς ἔφα Schwyzer II 211). Of God Hb 13:5 (cp. Wsd 6:7; 7:17; Sir 15:12; 1 Macc 3:22 and oft. LXX).
    differentiating fr. other subjects or pointing out a contrast w. them αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 2:25; J 2:12; 4:53; 18:1; Lk 24:15; 1 Cor 3:15. αὐ. οὐκ εἰσήλθατε καὶ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἐκωλύσατε you yourselves did not come in etc. Lk 11:52; cp. vs. 46.—J 7:9; 9:21; Mt 23:4; Lk 6:11; Ac 18:15; 1 Th 1:9; 1 Cor 2:15. αὐτὸς ἐγώ I alone 2 Cor 12:13. Ro 7:25 s. e below.—εἰ μὴ αὐ. except himself Rv 19:12. αὐ. ὄγδοός ἐστιν he is the eighth 17:11; s. also 2a. In anticipation of an incorrect inference Ἰησοῦς αὐ. οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν Jesus did not personally baptize J 4:2 opp. ‘his disciples.’ Of bodily presence, αὐ. παραγενοῦ come in person (as opp. to letter-writing) AcPlCor 1:7; with component of surprise that the subject specified is actually present in person (Philo, De Jos. 238: Jos. to his brothers αὐ. εἰμι ἐγώ) Lk 24:36, 39.
    of one whose action is independent or significant without ref. to someth. else (Hyperid. 1, 19, 11; 3, 2) without help J 2:25; 4:42; 6:6; Ac 20:34; αὐ. ᾠκοδόμησεν he built at his own expense Lk 7:5; αὐ. ὁ πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς the Father personally loves you J 16:27 (i.e. they require no intermediary).
    of one viewed as a solitary figure ‘(be) by oneself, alone’ w. μόνος (cp. μόνος 1aβ) Mk 6:47; J 6:15. W. κατʼ ἰδιαν Mk 6:31.thrown on one’s own resources αὐ. ἐγὼ τῷ νοὶ̈ δουλεύω νόμῳ θεοῦ thrown on my own resources I am enslaved in mind to God’s interests but in my flesh to the interests of sin Ro 7:25 (JWeiss, Beitr. zur Paulin. Rhetorik, in BWeiss Festschr., 1897, 233f; JKürzinger, BZ 7, ’63, 270–74).
    with climactic force in connection with one or more lexical units καὶ αὐτός even (Sir prol. line 24 καὶ αὐ. ὁ νόμος even the law; 4 Macc 17:1; GrBar 4:13; 9:4 al.) καὶ αὐ. ἡ κτίσις even the created world Ro 8:21. καὶ αὐ. Σάρρα even Sara Hb 11:11 (on the rdg. here s. Windisch ad loc. and B-D-F §194, 1; Rob. 686; Mlt-Turner 220; cp. Ps.-Callisth. 1, 10, 3 καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Φίλιππον=and even Philip; but the text of the Hb passage is prob. corrupt; s. καταβολή). οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐ. διδάσκει; does not even nature teach? 1 Cor 11:14.—Without ascensive particle, Ro 9:3 Paul expresses extraordinary devotion to his people (imagine!) I myself.
    w. attention directed to a certain pers. or thing to the exclusion of other lexical units, so that αὐ. can almost take on demonstrative sense (s. 2a, also Aeschyl., 7 against Thebes 528; Hes., Works 350): αὐ. τὰ ἔργα the very deeds J 5:36; αὐ. ὁ Ἰωάννης (POxy 745, 3 [I A.D.] αὐ. τὸν Ἀντᾶν) this very (or same) John Mt 3:4 (s. Mlt. 91); αὐτῆς τῆς Ἡρωδίαδος Mk 6:22 v.l. (s. 2bα for the rdg. αὐτοῦ W-H., N. and s. on this RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 25f); ἐν αὐ. τ. καιρῷ (cp. Tob 3:17 BA; 2:9; SIG 1173, 1 αὐταῖς τ. ἡμέραις) just at that time Lk 13:1.—23:12; 24:13.—2:38; 10:21; 12:12.—10:7. αὐτὸ τοῦτο just this, the very same thing (Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 22, 3; PRyl 77, 39; POxy 1119, 11; cp. Phoenix Coloph. 6, 8 Coll. Alex. p. 235) 2 Cor 7:11; Gal 2:10; Phil 1:6; εἰς αὐ. τοῦτο Ro 9:17; 13:6; 2 Cor 5:5; Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. The phrases τοῦτο αὐ. 2 Cor 2:3 and αὐ. τοῦτο 2 Pt 1:5 are adverbial accusatives for this very reason (Pla., Prot. 310e [pl.]; X., An. 1, 9, 21; PGrenf I, 1, 14).
    a ref. to a definite person or thing, he, him, she, her, it, they, them
    αὐτός refers w. more or less emphasis, esp. in the nom., to a subject, oft. resuming one already mentioned: αὐ. παρακληθήσονται they (not others) shall be comforted Mt 5:4; cp. vs. 5ff. οὐκ αὐ. βλασφημοῦσιν; Js 2:7. αὐ. σώσει Mt 1:21 (cp. Ps 129:8). αὐ. ἀποδώσει 6:4 v.l.—Mk 1:8; 14:15 al. Freq. the emphasis is scarcely felt: Mt 14:2; Lk 4:15; 22:23; J 6:24; Ac 22:19 (cp. Gen 12:12; Tob 6:11 BA; Sir 49:7; Vett. Val. 113, 16.—JWackernagel, Syntax II2 1928, 86).—Perh. the development of αὐ. in the direction of οὗτος (which it practically replaces in Mod. Gk.) is beginning to have some influence in the NT (Pla., Phdr. 229e αὐτά=this; X., An. 4, 7, 7 αὐτό; Dio Chrys. 3, 37; 15 [32], 10 αὐτοί; Aelian, NA 6, 10; Mél. de la fac. orient … Beyrouth 1, 1906, 149 no. 18 εἰς αὐτὸ ἐγεννήθης=for this [purpose] you were born; Schmid IV 69; 616 αὐτός = οὗτος; Synes., Ep. 3, 159a; 4, 165a; Agathias [VI A.D.], Hist. 1, 3 p. 144, 17 D.) καὶ αὐ. ἦν Σαμαρίτης Lk 17:16 (cp. 3:23; 19:2 and 1g above; on 5:1 s. Mussies 169). Yet here αὐ. could mean alone (examples of this from Hom. on in many writers in WSchulze, Quaestiones epicae 1892, p. 250, 3) he alone was a Samaritan; but Luke’s thematic interest in unexpected candidates for the Kingdom (cp. 5:30–32; 15:2; 19:2 [καὶ αὐτός]; 23:43) militates against the view.
    The oblique cases of αὐ. very oft. (in a fashion customary since Hom.) take the place of the 3rd pers. personal pron.; in partic. the gen. case replaces the missing possessive pron.
    α. w. ref. to a preceding noun διαφέρετε αὐτῶν Mt 6:26; καταβάντος αὐτοῦ 8:1; ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτά 11:25.—26:43f; Mk 1:10; 4:33ff; 12:19; Lk 1:22; 4:41. The gen. is sometimes put first for no special reason (Esth 1:1e) αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα J 2:23, cp. 3:19, 21, 33; 4:47; 12:40. αὐτῶν τὴν συνείδησιν 1 Cor 8:12. Sim. Lk 1:36 αὐτῇ τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ w. her who was called barren. Forms of αὐ. are sometimes used without qualifiers in a series, referring to difft. pers.: φέρουσιν αὐτῷ (Jesus) τυφλόν, καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν (Jesus) ἵνα αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ τυφλοῦ) ἅψηται Mk 8:22. On problems related to the rdg. τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρωδιάδος εἰσελθούσης when his (Herod’s) daughter Herodias came in (?) Mk 6:22, s. Borger in 1g, and entry Ἡρῳδίας.
    β. w. ref. to a noun to be supplied fr. the context, and without suggestion of contrast or disparagement: ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν (i.e. τ. Γαλιλαίων) Mt 4:23. ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 11:1. ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the inhabitants) Ac 8:5. παρακαλέσας αὐτούς 20:2. ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 2 Cor 2:13. τὰ γινόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν Eph 5:12. ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς αὐτούς Ac 12:21. τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν 1 Pt 3:14 (cp. 13 and s. Is 8:12). Mt 12:9 (cp. vs. 2); Lk 2:22; 18:15; 19:9; 23:51; J 8:44; 20:15; Ac 4:5; Ro 2:26; Hb 8:9.
    γ. freq. used w. a verb, even though a noun in the case belonging to the verb has already preceded it (cp. Dio Chrys. 6, 23; 78 [29], 20; Epict. 3, 1, 22; POxy 299 [I A.D.] Λάμπωνι ἔδωκα αὐτῷ δραχμὰς η´; FKälker, Quaest. de Eloc. Polyb. 1880, 274) τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν σκιᾷ θανάτου φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς Mt 4:16.—5:40; 9:28; 26:71; J 15:2; 18:11; Js 4:17; Rv 2:7, 17; 6:4 al.
    δ. used pleonastically after a relative, as somet. in older Gk., e.g. Soph., X., Hyperid. (B-D-F §297; Rob. 683), freq. in the LXX fr. Gen 1:11 (οὗ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ; GrBar 2:11 ὸ̔ν οὐδεὶς δύναται πειρᾶσαι αὐτόν al.) on (Helbing, Grammatik p. iv; Thackeray 46), and quotable elsewh. in the Koine (Callim., Epigr. 43 [42], 3 ὧν … αὐτῶν; Peripl. Eryth. c. 35; POxy 117, 15f ἐξ ὧν δώσεις τοῖς παιδίοις σου ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν): οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25. πᾶν ὸ̔ δέδωκεν … ἀναστήσω αὐτό J 6:39; Ac 15:17. ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν Rv 3:8. οἷς ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς 7:2, cp. 13:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9.—Cp. in ref. to an anticipatory noun τὰ Ἐλισαίου ὀστᾶ … νεκροῦ βληθέντος … ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast on the bones of Elisha AcPlCor 2:32.
    ε. continuing a relative clause (an older Gk. constr.; B-D-F §297; Rob. 724): ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς αὐτόν 1 Cor 8:6; οἷς τὸ κρίμα … καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν (for καὶ ὧν ἡ ἀπώλεια) 2 Pt 2:3.
    ζ. w. a change of pers. Lk 1:45; Rv 18:24.
    η. w. a change of number and gender ἔθνη … αὐτούς Mt 28:19. τοῦ παιδίου … αὐτῇ Mk 5:41. φῶς … αὐτόν J 1:10. λαόν … αὐτῶν Mt 1:21.—14:14; Mk 6:45f; 2 Cor 5:19.
    pert. to someth. that is identical with, or closely related to, someth., w. art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό the same (Hom. et al.; Ps 101:28, s. Mussies 171).
    w. a noun τὸν αὐ. λόγον Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39; τὸ αὐ. φύραμα Ro 9:21; cp. Lk 23:40; 1 Cor 1:10; 10:3f; 12:4ff; 15:39; Phil 1:30.
    without a noun τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. ποιεῖν (Jos., Ant. 5, 129; 9, 271) Mt 5:46; Lk 6:33; Eph 6:9. τὰ αὐτὰ πράσσειν Ro 2:1. τὸ αὐ. λέγειν agree (not only in words; s. on λέγω 1aα) 1 Cor 1:10. ἀπαγγέλλειν τὰ αὐτά Ac 15:27. τὸ αὐ. as adv. in the same way (X., Mem. 3, 8, 5) Mt 27:44; 18:9 D.—ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. (Hesychius: ὁμοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν αὐ. τόπον; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30, 167; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]; BGU 762, 9 [II A.D.] ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. καμήλων ε´ of the five camels taken together; PTebt 14, 20; 319, 9 al.; 2 Km 2:13; Ps 2:2 al.; 3 Macc 3:1; Sus 14 Theod.) of place at the same place, together (En 100:2; Jos., Bell. 2, 346; s. συνέρχομαι 1a) Mt 22:34; 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; B 4:10; IEph 5:3; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. (TestNapht 6:6) Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1. προστιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. add to the total Ac 2:47 (see M-M.). κατὰ τὸ αυ. of pers. being together as a body in each other’s company, together (PEleph 1, 5 εἶναι δὲ ἡμᾶς κατὰ ταὐτό) and also with ref. to simultaneous presence at the same time (Aelian, VH 14, 8 δύο εἰκόνας εἰργάσατο Πολύκλειτος κατὰ τ. αὐ.; 3 Km 3:18) Ac 14:1; the mng. in the same way may also apply (ENestle, Acts 14:1: ET 24, 1913, 187f) as in Hs 8, 7, 1 (cod. A; s. καθά; but s. Bonner 105, n. 17, who restores κατʼ αὐ[τοὺς αἱ ῥάβ]δοι; so also Joly).—In combinations ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐ. (also Pla., Leg. 721c; Aristot., Metaph. 1039a, 28; other exx. in GKypke, Observ. II 1755, 220; Diod S 3, 63, 2 εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτός) one and the same thing 1 Cor 11:5; cp. 12:11 (Diod S 22, 6, 3 μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀπόκρισιν; Epict. 1, 19, 15 μία καὶ ἡ αὐ. ἀρχή). W. gen. foll. τὰ αὐ. τῶν παθημάτων the same sufferings as 1 Pt 5:9. Without comparison: ὁ αὐ. (Thu. 2, 61, 2; Plut., Caesar 729 [45, 7], Brutus 989 [13, 1]) εἶ thou art the same Hb 1:12 (Ps 101:28); cp. 13:8. On the variation betw. αὐτοῦ and αὑτοῦ, αὐτῶν and αὑτῶν in the mss., s. ἑαυτοῦ, beg.—WMichaelis, D. unbetonte καὶ αὐτός bei Lukas: StTh 4, ’51, 86–93; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 96–100; MWilcox, The Semitisms of Ac, ’65, 93–100 (Qumran).—Mussies 168–73. DELG. M-M. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > αὐτός

  • 45 πᾶς

    πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν gen. παντός, πάσης, παντός (dat. pl. πᾶσι and πᾶσιν vary considerably in the mss.; s. W-S. §5, 28; cp. Rob. 219–21; on the use of the art. s. B-D-F §275) (Hom. +).
    pert. to totality with focus on its individual components, each, every, any
    adj., used w. a noun without the art.
    α. in the sing. emphasizing the individual members of the class denoted by the noun every, each, any, scarcely different in mng. fr. the pl. ‘all’: πᾶν δένδρον Mt 3:10; Lk 3:9. πᾶσα φυτεία Mt 15:13. πᾶσα φάραγξ, πᾶν ὄρος Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). πᾶς τόπος 4:37. πᾶς ἄνθρωπος J 1:9; 2:10; Ro 3:4 (Ps 115:2); Gal 5:3; Col 1:28abd; Js 1:19. πᾶσα γυνή GJs 11:2. πᾶν ἔθνος Ac 17:26a. πᾶσα ψυχή (Pla., Phdr. 249e) 2:43; 3:23 (cp. Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9; Jd 15. πᾶσα ἡμέρα Ac 5:42; 17:17. πᾶν σάββατον 18:4. πᾶσα ἀρχὴ καὶ πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 Cor 15:24 (cp. Just., D. 111, 2 οὗ τὸ ὄνομα πᾶσα ἀρχὴ δέδιεν). πᾶσα συνείδησις 2 Cor 4:2. πᾶς ἅγιος Phil 4:21. πᾶς οἶκος Hb 3:4 (GJs 7:3). πᾶσα ἀντιλογία 7:7. πᾶσα παιδεία all discipline 12:11. πᾶς ὀφθαλμός Rv 1:7a. πᾶν κτίσμα 5:13a.—Mt 23:35; Lk 2:23 (Ex 13:2); 4:13; 21:36; 2 Th 2:4 (Da 11:36). πᾶσα κτίσις every creature Col 1:15; ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει to every creature vs. 23. πᾶσα γραφή 2 Ti 3:16 (s. γραφή 2a).—πᾶσα σάρξ (כָּל־בָּשָׂר; used in the OT, also En 1:9; TestGad 7:2; GrBar 4:10; but not in EpArist, Philo, nor Joseph.) all flesh Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); AcPlCor 2:6 and 16 (s. also 3b below). Mostly w. a neg. (so also En 14:21; 17:6) οὐ (or μή) … πᾶσα σάρξ no flesh = no one Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20; 1 Cor 1:29; Gal 2:16 (cp. GrBar 8:7 οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα πνοή). Other sim. neg. expressions are also Hebraistic (s. B-D-F §302, 1; Mlt-H. 433f) οὐ … πᾶν ῥῆμα not a thing, nothing Lk 1:37 (cp. PRyl 113, 12f [133 A.D.] μὴ … πᾶν πρᾶγμα). οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινόν I have never eaten anything common Ac 10:14. Cp. Rv 7:1, 16; 9:4; 21:27. Also in reverse order, πᾶς … οὐ or μή (Ex 12:16; Sir 8:19; 10:6, but s. also GLee, ET 63, ’51f, 156) 18:22; Eph 4:29; 5:5; 2 Pt 1:20; 1J 2:21; 3:15b.—Only rarely is a ptc. used w. πᾶς in this way: παντὸς ἀκούοντος when anyone hears Mt 13:19. παντὶ ὀφείλοντι Lk 11:4 (Mlt-Turner 196f).
    β. w. a noun in the pl., without the art. πάντες ἄνθρωποι all people/men, everyone (Lysias 12, 60; Andoc. 3, 25; X., Cyr. 7, 5, 52, Mem. 4, 4, 19; Demosth. 8, 5; 18, 72) Ac 22:15; Ro 5:12a, 18ab; 12:17, 18; 1 Cor 7:7; 15:19; 2 Cor 3:2; Phil 4:5; 1 Th 2:15; 1 Ti 2:4; 4:10; Tit 2:11. πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ Hb 1:6 (Dt 32:43; cp. Demosth. 18, 294 πάντες θεοί).
    adj. used with a noun or ptc. with the art.
    α. in the sing. Oft. πᾶς ὁ, πάσα ἡ, πᾶν τό is used w. a ptc. (B-D-F §413, 2 and 3) every one who, whoever πᾶς ὁ (Soph., Aj. 152; Demosth. 23, 97; Sir 22:2, 26; 1 Macc 1:52; 2:27) πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος Mt 5:22. Cp. vss. 28, 32; 7:8, 26 (=πᾶς ὅστις vs. 24; s. below); Lk 6:47; 11:10; 14:11; 16:18; 18:14; 19:26; J 3:8, 15f, 20; 4:13; 6:40; 8:34; 18:37; Ac 10:43b; 13:39; Ro 2:1, 10; 10:4, 11; 1 Cor 9:25; Gal 3:13; 2 Ti 2:19; Hb 5:13; 1J 2:23, 29 al.; 2J 9; Rv 22:18.—πᾶν τό everything that (1 Macc 10:41): πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον Mt 15:17; Mk 7:18. πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:34. πᾶν τὸ πωλούμενον 1 Cor 10:25; cp. vs. 27. πᾶν τὸ φανερούμενον Eph 5:14. πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον 1J 5:4.—An equivalent of this expr. is πᾶς ὅς (or ὅστις), πᾶν ὅ every one who, whatever (s. above and s. B-D-F §293, 1; 413, 2; Rob. 727; 957), masc.: Mt 7:24; 10:32; 19:29; Lk 12:8, 10 (RHolst, ZNW 63, ’72, 122–24), 48; 14:33; Ac 2:21 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἐάν, s. Jo 2:32); Ro 10:13 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἄν, s. Jo 3:5); Gal 3:10. Neut. (Jdth 12:14.—Jos., Ant. 5, 211 πᾶν ὅ = πάντες οἱ): J 6:37, 39; 17:2b; Ro 14:23; Col 3:17 (πᾶν ὅ τι ἐάν).
    β. w. a noun in the pl., w. the art. all
    א. w. substantives: πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί Mt 1:17; Lk 1:48; Eph 3:21; GJs 6:2 al. πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Mt 2:4. Cp. vs. 16; 4:8; 11:13; Mk 4:13, 31f; 6:33; Lk 1:6; 2:51; 6:26; J 18:20; Ac 1:18; 3:18; 10:12, 43a; 14:16; Ro 1:5; 15:11 (Ps 116:1); 16:4; 1 Cor 12:26ab; 2 Cor 8:18; 11:28; Eph 4:10; 6:16b; Col 2:13; 1 Ti 6:10; Hb 4:4 (Gen 2:2 and 3); 9:21; Js 1:8; Rv 1:7b; 7:11; 15:4 al.—Used w. a demonstr. pron.: πᾶσαι αἱ παρθένοι ἐκεῖναι Mt 25:7. πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 26:1. πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα Lk 1:65; 2:19.—Somet. following the noun: τὰς πόλεις πάσας Mt 9:35; Ac 8:40. οἱ μαθηταὶ πάντες the disciples, one and all Mt 26:56. αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι Ac 16:26a. Cp. Ro 16:16; 1 Cor 7:17; 13:2a; 15:7; 16:20; 1 Th 5:26; 2 Ti 4:21; Rv 8:3. οἱ Ἱεροσολυμῖται πάντες Mk 1:5.—On the position of ἐκεῖνος, ἕνεκα, πᾶς s. NTurner, VetusT 5, ’55, 208–13.
    ב. w. participles πάντες οἱ: πάντες οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες Mt 4:24. πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες 11:28; cp. 21:12; 26:52; Lk 1:66; 2:47; 13:17; Ac 1:19; 2:44; 4:16; 5:5, 11; 6:15; 9:14; 28:30; Ro 1:7; 4:11; 1 Cor 1:2; Eph 6:24; 1 Th 1:7; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 3:12; 4:8; Hb 5:9; 13:24; 2J 1; Rv 13:8; 18:24. Following the ptc. οἱ κατοικοῦντες πάντες Ac 2:14. ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν 20:32.—πάντα τά: πάντα τὰ γενόμενα Mt 18:31. πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα 24:47; Lk 12:44; 1 Cor 13:3. Cp. Lk 17:10; 18:31; 21:36; J 18:4; Ac 10:33b. Used w. a demonstr. pron.: περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων Lk 24:14. Following: τὰ γινόμενα πάντα 9:7.
    ג. w. prepositional expressions, w. which ὄντες (ὄντα) is to be supplied (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 24 [Stone p. 10] πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] πάντες σου οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις): πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Mt 5:15; Ac 16:32. πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ Lk 5:9. πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις J 5:28. πάντες οἱ εἰς μακράν Ac 2:39. Cp. 5:17. πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:6. Cp. 2 Ti 1:15; 1 Pt 5:14. πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς Ac 4:24; 14:15 (Ex 20:11); cp. 17:24. Following: οἱ μετʼ ἐμοῦ πάντες Tit 3:15a (πάντες οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ JosAs 27:7).
    π. used w. pronouns
    α. w. personal pronouns: πάντες ἡμεῖς we all Ac 2:32; 10:33a; 26:14; 28:2; Ro 4:16b. πάντες ὑμεῖς Mt 23:8; 26:31; Lk 9:48; Ac 4:10a; 22:3; Ro 1:8; 15:33; 2 Cor 7:15; Gal 3:28; Phil 1:4, 7ab, 8; 1 Th 1:2; 2 Th 3:16c, 18; Tit 3:15b; Hb 13:25. πάντες αὐτοί Ac 4:33; 19:17b; 20:36. Following the pron.: ἡμεῖς πάντες J 1:16; Ro 8:32a; 2 Cor 3:18; Eph 2:3. ὑμεῖς πάντες Ac 20:25. αὐτοὶ πάντες Mt 12:15; 1 Cor 15:10. W. art. οἱ πάντες ἡμεῖς 2 Cor 5:10.
    β. w. a demonstr. pron.: πάντες οὗτοι these all, all these Ac 2:7 v.l. Mostly following the pron.: οὗτοι πάντες 1:14; 17:7; Hb 11:13, 39. πάντα ταῦτα Mt 6:32; 24:8; Lk 7:18; Ac 24:8; 1 Cor 12:11; Col 3:14; 1 Th 4:6; Hm 5, 2, 5 cj. Joly. ταῦτα πάντα Mt 4:9; 6:33; 13:34, 51; Lk 12:30; Ac 7:50; Ro 8:37; 2 Pt 3:11.
    γ. πάντες ὅσοι, πάντα ὅσα all who, everything that, masc.: Lk 4:40 v.l. (for ἅπαντες); J 10:8. Neut. (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 17 [Stone p. 20]; TestJob 4:2; GrBar 7:2; Philo, Aet. M. 15; 28; Jos., Ant. 8, 242; Just., A I, 44, 9) Mt 7:12; 13:46; 18:25; 21:22; Mk 11:24; 12:44b; Lk 18:12, 22; J 10:41. πάντες, ὸ̔ς ἄν Hs 7:7.
    subst.
    α. πάντες, πᾶσαι all, everyone (even when only two are involved = both: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 27 §105 [Caesar and Pompey]) Mt 10:22; 14:20; 15:37; 21:26; 26:27; Mk 1:37; 5:20; Lk 1:63 and oft. πάντες ἥμαρτον Ro 5:12 (on the sinfulness of πάντες cp. the saying of Bias s.v. πολύς 1aβא; FDanker, Ro 5:12, Sin under Law, NTS 14, ’68, 430, n. 1).—οὐ πάντες not everyone Mt 19:11. Cp. J 13:10; Ro 10:16.—πάντων as partitive and comparative gen. ὕστερον πάντων last of all Mt 22:27; cp. Mk 12:22, 43. Even in ref. to a fem. (Thu. 4, 52, 3; Aristoph., Av. 472) ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων Mk 12:28 (but s. B-D-F §164, 1).
    β. πάντα all things, everything. Abs. (Chrysippus in Stob., Ecl. 1, 1, 26 p. 31 W.; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6; M. Ant. 4, 23; Ael. Aristid. 43, 9 K.=1 p. 3 D.: ἀρχὴ ἁπάντων Ζεύς τε καὶ ἐκ Διὸς πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; Hymn to Selene in PGM 4, 2838f ἐκ σέο γὰρ πάντʼ ἐστὶ καὶ εἰς σʼ, αἰώνιε, πάντα τελευτᾷ [s. 4dβ]; PGM 5, 139; PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Athena [s. ed.’s comments]) Mt 11:27 = Lk 10:22 (s. the lit. on this pass. s.v. υἱός 2dβ. The word πάντα here is variously understood of authority and power [so ASchlatter (Mt), FBüchsel (TW II 173) et al.] or of knowledge and teaching: ENorden [Agn. Th. 288], TZahn [Mt], Grundmann [Lk] et al.; also JFitzmyer: “the knowledge of the mutual relation of himself and God” [AB Comm. Luke II 874]. IMarshall [Lk] follows BReicke [TW V 993 n. 289] and opts for both power and knowledge); J 1:3; 3:35; 21:17; 1 Cor 2:10; 15:27a (Ps 8:7), b, 28cd (πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν w. a somewhat different coloring: Dio Chrys. 54 [71], 1); Eph 1:22a (Ps 8:7); Rv 21:5. Here we may class ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων θεός (cp. Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 10; 13, 12, 4 ἐπὶ πάντων εἶναι τ. θεόν; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 23 τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ) God, who rules over all Ro 9:5 (θεός 2). ὁ πάντων δεσπότης GJs 20:3 (codd.); cp. 11:2.—Of a ‘whole’ that is implied fr. the context: πάντα ἀποδώσω σοι Mt 18:26. Cp. 22:4; Mk 4:34; Lk 1:3; Ro 8:28 (s. Black s.v. συνεργέω); 2 Cor 6:10; Gal 4:1; Phil 2:14; 1 Th 5:21; 2 Ti 2:10; Tit 1:15; 1J 2:27; GJs 18:3 codd. πάντα ὑμῶν ἐστιν everything is yours, belongs to you 1 Cor 3:21, cp. 22 (Plut., Cic. 873 [25, 4] πάντα τοῦ σοφοῦ εἶναι; Diog. L. 6, 72). πάντα ὑμῶν everything you do 16:14. πρῶτον πάντων 1 Ti 2:1. πάντα four times as anaphora (rhetorical repetition) 1 Cor 13:7 (cp. Libanius, Or. 3 p. 275, 4 πάντα φθεγγόμενοι, πάντα ἐργαζόμενοι, πάντα χαριζόμενοι).—The acc. of specification stands almost in the sense of an adv. (B-D-F §154; Rob. 487) πάντα in all respects, in every way, altogether (Hom. et al.; Aelian, VH 12, 25; Jos., Ant. 9, 166; SibOr 3, 205; Ath. 35, 2) Ac 20:35 (perh. always, as Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 22 p. 590); 1 Cor 9:25b. πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω (s. ἀρέσκω 2a) 10:33; 11:2. Cp. KGrobel, JBL 66, ’47, 366 and s. τὰ πάντα in 4dβ below.—W. a prep.: εἰς πάντα in all respects, in every way (Pla., Charm. 6, 158a, Leg. 5, 738a; Appian, Iber. 17 §64, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385; BGU 798, 7) 2 Cor 2:9. ἐν πᾶσιν in all respects, in every way (PGiss 69, 8; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 112 §467 [here ἐν ἅπασιν=in all respects]; Just., D. 80, 1 ἀσφαλὴς ἐν πᾶσι); 1 Ti 3:11; 2 Ti 2:7; 4:5; Tit 2:9, 10b; Hb 13:4, 18; 1 Pt 4:11. Perh. also Eph 1:23b. ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις in (or besides) all this (Sir 48:15; Job 2:10; 12:9; cp. Plut., Mor. 98f) Lk 16:26. κατὰ πάντα, s. κατά B 6. περὶ πάντων in every way (Mitt-Wilck I/2, 6, 9; SibOr 1, 198) 3J 2. πρὸ πάντων above all, especially (PRein 18, 27 [II B.C.]; BGU 811, 3; PAmh 135, 2; Just., D. 7, 3) Js 5:12; 1 Pt 4:8.
    any entity out of a totality, any and every, every
    as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the article every, any and every, just any, any at all μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε do not believe just any spirit 1J 4:1. περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας Eph 4:14. περὶ παντὸς πράγματος about anything Mt 18:19. κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any reason at all 19:3. Cp. 4:4=Lk 4:4 v.l. (Dt 8:3); Mt 12:31; 2 Cor 1:4b (on ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν vs. 4a see 3b below).
    as subst. without the art.
    α. πᾶς everyone without exception Lk 16:16.
    β. πᾶν, w. prep.: διὰ παντός s. διά A 2a. ἐν παντί in every respect or way, in everything (Pla., Symp. 194a; X., Hell. 5, 4, 29; SIG 1169, 27; Sir 18:27; 4 Macc 8:3; GrBar 9:8) πλουτίζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:5; 2 Cor 9:11. Cp. 2 Cor 4:8; 7:5, 11, 16; 8:7; 9:8b; 11:6a, 9; Eph 5:24; Phil 4:6; 1 Th 5:18.
    marker of the highest degree of someth., all
    as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the art. full, greatest, all (Pla., Rep. 9, 575a; Demosth. 18, 279 al.; ins, freq. in accolades; pap.: New Docs 8 p. 62, 10 μετὰ πάσης πίστεως καὶ ἐπιμελείας ‘with all fidelity and care’; LXX; Tat. 39, 1 μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας) μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης Ac 4:29. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ 5:23. πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ in all good conscience 23:1. Cp. 17:11; 24:3; 2 Cor 9:8b; 12:12; Eph 4:2. ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει with the greatest perseverance 6:18c. Cp. Phil 1:20; 2:29; Col 1:11ab; 1 Ti 2:2b, 11; 3:4; 4:9; 5:2; Tit 2:15; Js 1:2; 2 Pt 1:5; Jd 3 al. ὑπομένειν πᾶσαν ὑπομονήν practice patient endurance to the limit Pol 9:1.
    in related vein as adj. with noun in the sing. w. the art. all ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν in all our trouble 2 Cor 1:4a (on ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει vs. 4b s. 2a above); 7:4; 1 Th 3:7. ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν in all remembrance of you Phil 1:3. πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν all your care 1 Pt 5:7. τὸν πάντα χρόνον AcPlCor 2:4; τὴν πᾶσαν σάρκα 2:11 (cp. 1aα).
    pert. to a high degree of completeness or wholeness, whole
    as adj. w. a noun in the sing., without the art. all, the whole before proper names, mostly geographic (X., Hell. 4, 8, 28 προστάται πάσης Λέσβου ἔσονται al.; LXX) πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα Mt 2:3 (s. Ἱερ.). πᾶς Ἰσραήλ (3 Km 8:65; 11:16; 1 Esdr 1:19; 5:45, 58; Jdth 15:14) Ro 11:26 (s. W-S. §20, 11a and b; Rob. 772). The OT is also the source of πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ (1 Km 7:2, 3) Ac 2:36 and, in subject matter, ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς 17:26b (but Gen 2:6 has πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, and 7:23; 11:4, 8, 9 ἐπὶ προσώπου [or πρόσωπον] πάσης τῆς γῆς).—Perh. πᾶσα οἰκοδομή Eph 2:21 (s. W-S. §20:11 b; Rob. 772; Mlt-Turner 199f; MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; M. Ant. 6, 36, 1; OGI 383, 86ff).
    w. a noun in the sing., w. the art. the whole, all (the). Preceding the noun that has the art.: πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5. πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη the whole herd 8:32. Cp. vs. 34; 13:2; 21:10; 27:25, 45; Mk 2:13; 4:1. πᾶσα ἡ ἀλήθεια 5:33. πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις the whole creation (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 7 [Stone p. 32]) Mk 16:15; Ro 8:22. Cp. Lk 1:10; 2:1, 10; Ac 3:9, 11; 5:21; 15:12. πᾶς ὁ κόσμος Ro 3:19b; Col 1:6. πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα Ro 4:16. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ 9:17 (Ex 9:16); Lk 4:25. πᾶσα ἡ γνῶσις, πᾶσα ἡ πίστις 1 Cor 13:2bc. πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα Eph 3:19; Col 1:19; 2:9. πᾶν τὸ σῶμα Eph 4:16; Col 2:19. Cp. Hb 9:19bc. W. a demonstrative pron. πᾶς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος all these people Lk 9:13. πᾶσα ἡ ὀφειλὴ ἐκείνη Mt 18:32.—Following the noun that has the article: τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν the whole matter of judgment J 5:22. εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν into truth in all its outreach 16:13. τὴν ἐξουσίαν … πᾶσαν Rv 13:12.
    πᾶς and πάντες stand attributively betw. art. and noun, when the noun is regarded as a whole, in contrast to its individual parts (cp. Kühner-G. I 632f).
    α. sing. (Thu. 2, 7, 2 ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμόσ=‘the whole number’; 8, 93, 2 τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος; X., Mem. 1, 2, 8 εἰς τὸν πάντα βίον; Pla., Gorg. 470e ἡ πᾶσα εὐδαιμονία; 2 Macc 2:17; 3 Macc 1:29; 6:14; 4 Macc 3:8) ὁ πᾶς νόμος the whole law Gal 5:14. τὸν πάντα χρόνον Ac 20:18.
    β. pl. (X., An. 5, 6, 7 οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι; Pla., Theaet. 204a τὰ πάντα μέρη) αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαί all the souls Ac 27:37. οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντες Ἰουδαῖοι 21:21. οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντες ἅγιοι Ro 16:15. οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ πάντες ἀδελφοί Gal 1:2.—W. numerals (Hdt. 7, 4; Thu. 1, 60, l) οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα the whole number of the men was about twelve Ac 19:7.—JBover, Uso del adjetivo singular πᾶς en San Pablo: Biblica 19, ’38, 411–34.
    as subst.
    α. οἱ πάντες all (of them) (in contrast to a part) Ro 11:32ab; 1 Cor 9:22 (s. HChadwick, NTS 1, ’55, 261–75); Phil 2:21. (We, they) all Mk 14:64; 1 Cor 10:17; 2 Cor 5:14b. μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες until we all attain Eph 4:13.
    β. τὰ πάντα. In the abs. sense of the whole of creation all things, the universe (Pla., Ep. 6, 323d τῶν πάντων θεός; hymn to Selene in EAbel, Orphica [1885] 294, 36 εἰς σὲ τὰ πάντα τελευτᾶ [s. 1dβ beg.]; Herm. Wr. 13, 17 τ. κτίσαντα τὰ πάντα; JosAs 8:2 ζωοποιήσας τὰ πάντα; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 208, Rer. Div. Her. 36, Somn. 1, 241; Just., A I, 67, 2 τὸν ποιητὴν τῶν πάντων; PGM 1, 212 κύριε τῶν πάντων; 4, 3077) Ro 11:36 (Musaeus: Vorsokr. 2 A 4 [in Diog. L. 1, 3] ἐξ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀναλύεσθαι. Cp. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50); 1 Cor 8:6ab; 15:28ab; Eph 3:9; 4:10b; Phil 3:21; Col 1:16ab, 17b (HHegermann, D. Vorstellung vom Schöpfungsmittler etc., TU 82, ’61, 88ff); Hb 1:3; 2:10ab; Rv 4:11; 1 Cl 34:2; PtK 2 (four times).—In the relative sense, indicated by the context, everything (Κυπρ. I p. 42 no. 29 τὰς στοὰς καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐταῖς πάντα; PGiss 2, 14 [II B.C.] in a bill: τὰ π.=everything taken together) ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται everything (=all the instruction) is in parables Mk 4:11. Cp. Ac 17:25b; Ro 8:32b. Of everything in heaven and earth that is in need of uniting and redeeming Eph 1:10 (EWalter, Christus u. d. Kosmos [Eph 1:10] ’48); Col 1:20. τὰ πάντα they all (of the members of the body) 1 Cor 12:19. The neut. is also used of persons: Gal 3:22; cp. 1 Ti 6:13 (here including humankind and everything else that possesses life).—As acc. of specification, almost like an adv.: τὰ πάντα in all respects (Appian, Prooem. 6 §23) Eph 4:15 (s. 1dβ).—As a summation of what precedes all this (PCairZen 741, 16; 742, 22; BGU 1509 [all III B.C.]) 2 Cor 4:15; Phil 3:8b; Col 3:8.—Furthermore, πάντες can also have the limited sense nearly all (Xenophon Eph. 2, 13, 4 πάντας ἀπέκτεινεν, ὀλίγους δὲ καὶ ζῶντας ἔλαβε. μόνος δὲ ὁ Ἱππόθοος ἠδυνήθη διαφυγεῖν).—Mlt-Turner 199–201.
    everything belonging, in kind, to the class designated by the noun, every kind of, all sorts of, adj. for the words παντοδαπός and παντοῖος, which are lacking in our lit.: πᾶσα νόσος καὶ πᾶσα μαλακία Mt 4:23. γέμουσιν πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας they are full of all kinds of uncleanness 23:27 (Ar. 15, 6). πᾶσα ἐξουσία 28:18. ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους from every kind of nation Ac 2:5. Cp. 7:22; 13:10ab; Ro 1:18, 29. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία (evil) desire of every kind 7:8. ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5b. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα every kind of sin 6:18. Cp. 2 Cor 7:1; 9:8bc; 10:5ab; Eph 1:3, 8, 21a; 4:19; 5:3; Phil 1:9; 2 Th 2:17. πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν Tit 1:16; 3:1. Cp. 2:14; Hb 13:21. πᾶσα δόσις, πᾶν δώρημα Js 1:17 (W-S. §20, 11b). Cp. vs. 21; 1 Pt 2:1ab; Rv 8:7 al.—B. 919. Schmidt, Syn. IV, 540–54, s. ἕκαστος and ὅλος. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πᾶς

  • 46 nedum

    nē-dum, conj. (lit. while not), by no means, much less, still less, not to speak of (class.), used to indicate that whereas a certain thing is not, another thing can still less be.
    A.
    With a preceding negation:

    satrapes si siet Amator, numquam sufferre ejus sumptus queat: Nedum tu possis,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 43:

    optimis temporibus nec P. Popillius, nec Q. Metellus vim tribuniciam sustinere potuerunt, nedum his temporibus sine vestrā sapientiā salvi esse possimus,

    Cic. Clu. 35, 95; id. Planc. 37, 90: nulla simulacra urbibus suis, nedum templis, [p. 1197] sinunt, Tac. H. 5, 5:

    ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut ulla vis fieret,

    Liv. 3, 14 fin. —With vix or aegre in the place of the preceding negative:

    vix in ipsis tectis et oppidis frigus infirmā valetudine vitatur: nedum in mari,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 8, 2; id. Agr. 2, 35, 97:

    puerum vixdum libertatem, nedum dominationem modice laturum,

    Liv. 24, 4, 1:

    et aegre inermem tantam multitudinem, nedum armatam, sustineri,

    Liv. 6, 7, 3.—
    B.
    Without a preceding negation, which, however, lies in the thought expressed:

    erat enim multo domicilium hujus urbis aptius humanitati tuae, quam tota Peloponnesus, nedum Patrae,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1:

    quippe secundae res sapientium animos fatigant: nedum illi corruptis moribus victoriae temperarent,

    Sall. C. 11, 8: Tac. A. 13, 20.—
    II.
    Transf. (post-Aug.), affirmatively, not to say, much more:

    adulationes etiam victis Macedonibus graves, nedum victoribus,

    much more should they prove victors, Liv. 9, 18, 4:

    Quintius, quem armorum etiam pro patriā satietas teneret, nedum adversus patriam,

    id. 7, 40; 45, 29; 26, 26:

    satis mihi jam videbaris animi habere, etiam adversus solida mala, nedum ad istas umbras malorum, quibus, etc.,

    Sen. Ep. 99, 3; Quint. 12, 1, 39:

    ornamenta etiam legioni, nedum militi, satis multa,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 26.—So, by transposition, beginning the sentence (very rare): nedum hominum humilium, sed etiam amplissimorum virorum, not to speak of, I need not say, Balb. et Opp. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, A, 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > nedum

  • 47 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 48 volo

    1.
    vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;

    also volt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:

    voltis,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;

    so volint,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:

    sis for si vis,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:

    sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    With object-infinitive.
    1.
    With pres. inf.
    a.
    To wish.
    (α).
    Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:

    potare ego hodie tecum volo,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:

    ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,

    id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:

    ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:

    natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,

    Lucr. 5, 177:

    video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:

    quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?

    id. ib. 1, 15, 34:

    si innocentes existimari volumus,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:

    quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,

    id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:

    quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 7:

    si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,

    id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,

    Sall. J. 31, 23:

    si haec relinquere voltis,

    id. C. 58, 15:

    priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,

    Liv. 3, 53, 7:

    si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,

    id. 21, 21, 5:

    non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,

    id. 2, 59, 2:

    suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,

    Suet. Caes. 85:

    Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
    (β).
    Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
    (γ).
    Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:

    neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,

    Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
    b.
    Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:

    in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:

    maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:

    consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,

    Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
    c.
    = in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:

    ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:

    eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:

    puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:

    necare candem voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:

    hostis hostem occidere volui,

    Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;

    volui... ferro interficere (ironically),

    id. 40, 13, 2:

    tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,

    the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:

    non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,

    Quint. 9, 2, 85.—

    Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 24:

    sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:

    cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,

    id. Sen. 1, 2:

    ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,

    Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:

    bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,

    id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:

    ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:

    at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,

    it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:

    eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,

    his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:

    cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,

    when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:

    si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:

    (plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,

    Liv. 23, 2, 7:

    rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,

    id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:

    ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
    d.
    = studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:

    quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 75:

    nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,

    id. Or. 2, 77, 315:

    de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,

    that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:

    audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?

    do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
    e.
    To mean, of actions and expressions:

    hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,

    the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:

    non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):

    quid aliud volui dicere?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:

    volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:

    adduxi volui dicere,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
    f.
    To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:

    nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,

    id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:

    sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,

    id. Men. 1, 3, 13:

    sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:

    si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,

    Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:

    ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:

    hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
    g.
    To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):

    quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:

    quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:

    si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:

    quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,

    Liv. 22, 56, 7:

    at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,

    Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:

    P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,

    Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
    h.
    Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:

    sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,

    id. Poen. prol. 50:

    vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,

    id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:

    i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,

    id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:

    illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,

    id. ib. 1, 47, 112:

    ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:

    si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,

    Curt. 4, 16, 33:

    ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5:

    visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?

    id. 8, 7, 7:

    volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,

    Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
    k.
    Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):

    uti tamen tuo consilio volui,

    still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
    1.
    To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:

    is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,

    likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:

    hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:

    ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,

    Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:

    plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,

    Suet. Caes. 68:

    dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:

    heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:

    cum alter verum audire non vult,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,

    refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
    m.
    To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;

    si jussus est, necessitati,

    if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:

    utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:

    de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,

    on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:

    laedere numquam velimus,

    Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:

    vivere noluit qui mori non vult,

    who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
    n.
    To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):

    haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,

    in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:

    in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,

    pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:

    Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,

    id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
    o.
    To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):

    magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,

    that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
    2.
    With pres. inf. understood.
    a.
    Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
    (α).
    To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):

    nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,

    as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:

    proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,

    Lucr. 3, 1090:

    nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:

    tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 81:

    quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,

    id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:

    neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,

    Hor. A. P. 348.—
    (β).
    To choose, be pleased (freq.):

    tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:

    id repetundi copia est, quando velis,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:

    habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31:

    rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:

    provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?

    id. Sest. 39, 84:

    quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,

    Liv. 21, 18, 14:

    senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,

    id. 4, 51, 2:

    saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,

    id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;

    26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,

    Suet. Aug. 66:

    at tu quantum vis tolle,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
    (γ).
    To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):

    sine me pervenire quo volo,

    let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:

    scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,

    as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:

    ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,

    Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
    (δ).
    To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:

    jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:

    patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),

    that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
    (ε).
    To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):

    tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
    b.
    With ellipsis of inf.
    (α).
    Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:

    nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,

    I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:

    volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,

    id. ib. 14, 7, 2:

    hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),

    Tac. A. 12, 42 fin.
    (β).
    With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
    (γ).
    In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
    3.
    With perfect infinitive active (rare).
    a.
    In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
    (α).
    In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:

    edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,

    id. 39, 17, 3. —
    (β).
    In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:

    interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:

    oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:

    ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
    b.
    In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:

    sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),

    which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
    c.
    To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
    (α).
    In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
    (β).
    In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,

    an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?

    Pers. 1, 41:

    qui me volet incurvasse querela,

    id. 1, 91.
    B.
    With acc. and inf.
    1.
    To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
    a.
    With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:

    deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:

    emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,

    id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:

    scin' quid nunc te facere volo?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:

    si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:

    consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:

    vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,

    id. Sest. 42, 92:

    nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    hoc te scire volui,

    id. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 16:

    ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,

    Liv. 4, 38, 2:

    si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:

    si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,

    id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    regnari tamen omnes volebant,

    that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:

    mihi volo ignosci,

    I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:

    volt sibi quisque credi,

    Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
    b.
    With the same subject.
    (α).
    With inf. act.:

    quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,

    what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:

    volo me placere Philolachi,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:

    judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,

    Cic. Or. 33, 117:

    vult, credo, se esse carum suis,

    id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
    (β).
    With inf. pass.:

    quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,

    Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:

    qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:

    religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,

    Liv. 39, 10, 2:

    Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,

    Suet. Calig. 22 fin.
    2.
    Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:

    me absente neminem volo intromitti,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:

    viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:

    pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:

    (deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,

    id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:

    causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:

    quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,

    Sall. C. 19, 2:

    nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,

    Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:

    senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,

    Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:

    quid fieri velit praecipit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 56:

    ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,

    id. ib. 7, 16:

    quid fieri vellet ostendit,

    id. ib. 7, 27:

    quae fieri vellet edocuit,

    id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:

    quid fieri vellet edixit,

    Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:

    sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,

    Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
    3.
    Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:

    Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,

    Plaut. As. prol. 12:

    Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,

    has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:

    primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,

    id. Rud. prol. 33:

    quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,

    meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:

    si non hoc intellegi volumus,

    id. Fat. 18, 41:

    quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,

    Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:

    quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,

    Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
    4.
    To resolve:

    Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:

    si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,

    if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:

    senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §

    160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45:

    tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,

    Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
    5.
    To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:

    montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,

    which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,

    id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
    6.
    To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):

    obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,

    they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:

    Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,

    id. 24, 4, 5:

    petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),

    id. 42, 19, 5:

    orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,

    id. 3, 69, 5:

    quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?

    id. 25, 28, 8:

    si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,

    Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:

    cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
    7.
    To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:

    voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,

    Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    (Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,

    Quint. 8, 3, 43:

    vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,

    id. 9, 4, 137:

    si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
    8.
    To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
    (α).
    To imagine, consider:

    est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98:

    si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,

    Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
    (β).
    To be of opinion, to hold:

    vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:

    volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,

    id. Div. 2, 44, 93:

    vultis evenire omnia fato,

    id. ib. 2, 9, 24:

    alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,

    id. Fat. 19, 45:

    vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,

    id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:

    volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
    (γ).
    To say, assert:

    si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,

    as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:

    sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,

    id. Or. 1, 55, 23:

    ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,

    id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:

    Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,

    Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
    (δ).
    To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:

    unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,

    Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
    (ε).
    To mean, with perf. inf.:

    utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?

    Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:

    quam primum istud, quod esse vis?

    what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:

    ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,

    what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
    9.
    In partic.
    a.
    With things as subjects.
    (α).
    Things personified:

    ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,

    would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:

    cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,

    which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:

    quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?

    what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:

    me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,

    Prop. 1, 6, 25:

    hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,

    id. 1, 6, 30.—
    (β).
    Of laws, to provide:

    duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,

    Cic. Mil. 3, 9:

    lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
    b.
    With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
    (α).
    The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:

    nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,

    id. Or. 1, 59, 253:

    propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,

    id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:

    daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,

    Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
    (β).
    With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:

    aunt qui volum te conventam,

    who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:

    eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,

    if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:

    nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,

    id. Att. 8, 3, 4:

    rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:

    Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,

    Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;

    26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,

    Quint. 8, 3, 21:

    si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,

    Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:

    velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:

    liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:

    obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,

    id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:

    quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,

    Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:

    quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,

    Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:

    volo amori ejus obsecutum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
    c.
    With predic. adj., without copula.
    (α).
    The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):

    si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,

    if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:

    ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,

    id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:

    ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:

    quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:

    irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,

    Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
    (β).
    Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):

    in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),

    when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    volo me patris mei similem,

    I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:

    qui vero se populares volunt,

    who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:

    ut integrum se salvumque velit,

    id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,

    id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
    d.
    With an inf.-clause understood.
    (α).
    Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:

    stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:

    senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,

    Cic. Mil. 5, 12:

    neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),

    id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
    (β).
    Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:

    deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
    (γ).
    To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):

    acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
    (δ).
    To require, demand (v B. 7.):

    veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,

    Liv. 39, 37, 17;

    and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),

    Hor. A. P. 71.—
    (ε).
    To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):

    ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:

    nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,

    id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
    (ζ).
    With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:

    volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),

    Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
    C.
    With ut, ne, or ut ne.
    1.
    With ut.
    a.
    To wish:

    volo ut quod jubebo facias,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:

    quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,

    id. Most. 5, 1, 49:

    ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,

    id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:

    velim ut tibi amicus sit,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:

    quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,

    id. ib. 11, 11, 2:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,

    id. Sull. 1, 1:

    equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:

    his ut sit digna puella volo,

    Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
    b.
    It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):

    at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:

    volo ut mihi respondeas,

    Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;

    12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,

    Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
    c.
    To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:

    id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
    d.
    With other verbs:

    quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:

    quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;

    with opto,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;

    with laboro,

    Liv. 42, 14, 3;

    with aequum censere,

    id. 39, 19, 7.—
    2.
    With ne:

    at ne videas velim,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:

    quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:

    credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,

    intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
    3.
    With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
    D.
    With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
    1.
    To wish:

    ergo animum advortas volo,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:

    volo amet me patrem,

    id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:

    hoc volo agatis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:

    ducas volo hodie uxorem,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:

    quid vis faciam?

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:

    volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?

    Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:

    Othonem vincas volo,

    id. ib. 13, 29, 2:

    eas litteras volo habeas,

    id. ib. 13, 32, 3:

    visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:

    volo, inquis, sciat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
    2.
    To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:

    volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,

    id. Brut. 84, 290.—
    3.
    With subj.-clause understood:

    abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
    E.
    With object nouns, etc.
    1.
    With acc. of a thing.
    a.
    With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:

    voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:

    animo male est: aquam velim,

    id. Am. 5, 1, 6:

    quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,

    id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,

    gratiam tuam,

    id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:

    aquam,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 34:

    discidium,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:

    mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,

    I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,

    id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):

    si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:

    pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,

    Liv. 7, 40, 18:

    ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,

    Tac. A. 6, 26:

    cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:

    mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,

    Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
    b.
    Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:

    quorum isti neutrum volunt,

    acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:

    voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,

    we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:

    restat ut omnes unum velint,

    hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:

    si plura velim,

    if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:

    per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,

    that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:

    ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,

    that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:

    utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,

    which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:

    ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,

    mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:

    quis enim pudor omnia velle?

    to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
    c.
    With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:

    immo faenus: id primum volo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:

    proximum quod sit bono... id volo,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:

    nisi ea quae tu vis volo,

    unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:

    siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:

    hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,

    who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:

    privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,

    id. Off. 1, 34, 124:

    quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,

    Sen. Ep. 20, 5:

    pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,

    id. ib. 27, 2:

    nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,

    Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:

    hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),

    Verg. A. 2, 104:

    hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),

    Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
    d.
    With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:

    eloquere quid velis,

    id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:

    sed plane quid velit nescio,

    what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:

    mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,

    to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:

    quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?

    what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,

    we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:

    capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,

    what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:

    sed tamen intellego quid velit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:

    quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:

    hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,

    Ov. H. 11, 96.—
    e.
    With rel. pron.:

    quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:

    ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,

    that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:

    illi quae volo concedere,

    to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:

    si illud quod volumus dicitur,

    what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:

    multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:

    quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,

    Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:

    quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,

    id. Marcell. 1, 1:

    uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,

    to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:

    sed quod volebant non... expediebant,

    their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:

    illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,

    Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:

    bis sumpsit quod voluit,

    he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:

    cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,

    whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:

    Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,

    whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
    f.
    With indef. pronn.
    (α).
    Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:

    eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,

    id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin.
    (β).
    Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:

    ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:

    nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
    (γ).
    Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:

    visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:

    numquid vis aliud?

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:

    numquid vellem rogavit,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:

    frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,

    Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
    2.
    With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
    (α).
    To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):

    Demenaetum volebam,

    I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:

    bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:

    solus te solum volo,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:

    quia non est intus quem ego volo,

    id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:

    hae oves volunt vos,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:

    quis me volt? Perii, pater est,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:

    centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):

    volo te verbis pauculis,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:

    sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:

    Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
    (β).
    To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):

    hanc volo (= amo),

    Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:

    sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 38:

    quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:

    aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,

    Lucr. 4, 1152:

    quam volui nota fit arte mea,

    Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
    (γ).
    To wish to have:

    roga, velitne an non uxorem,

    whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:

    ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),

    Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—

    With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,

    that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
    3.
    With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;

    not in Cic.): numquid me vis?

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:

    face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:

    num quidpiam me vis aliud?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:

    nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,

    id. As. 1, 1, 74:

    narrabit ultro quid sese velis,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:

    quid me voluisti?

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:

    numquid aliud me vis?

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:

    quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,

    id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:

    si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 34:

    cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):

    paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:

    est quod te volo secreto,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
    4.
    With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;

    rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:

    si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:

    praesidium velle se senectuti suae,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 44:

    nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,

    Cic. Clu. 66, 188:

    rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,

    Tac. A. 12, 11:

    cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,

    to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
    a.
    Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):

    quid aliud tibi vis?

    what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:

    haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,

    be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
    b.
    What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
    (α).
    In 1 st pers. (rare):

    nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,

    and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:

    quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
    (β).
    In 2 d pers.:

    quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,

    what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:

    quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?

    id. ib. 4, 7, 34:

    quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?

    what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:

    quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?

    id. ib. 5, 6, 6:

    quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?

    id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:

    roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:

    pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?

    Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
    (γ).
    In 3 d pers.:

    quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:

    quid hic volt veterator sibi?

    id. ib. 2, 6, 26:

    proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?

    Cic. Dom. 11, 29:

    quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:

    conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),

    Liv. 3, 35, 5:

    qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,

    id. 3, 50, 15:

    quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
    (δ).
    Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:

    ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,

    id. Eun. prol. 45:

    quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:

    quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §

    186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,

    what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:

    quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?

    Liv. 40, 12, 14:

    tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?

    Ov. M. 9, 473.—
    5.
    Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:

    jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:

    ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,

    id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:

    egone illi ut non bene vellem?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:

    nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:

    quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:

    atque isti etiam parum male volo,

    id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:

    utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:

    non sibi male vult,

    he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:

    nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:

    illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,

    id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
    6.
    With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
    (α).
    With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:

    repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,

    that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:

    accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,

    id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
    (β).
    Without omnia:

    per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:

    sed et Phameae causa volebam,

    id. ib. 13, 49, 1:

    etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,

    id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:

    valde enim ejus causa volo,

    id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:

    illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 6;

    12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,

    id. ib. 7, 17, 2:

    regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 1:

    credo tua causa velle Lentulum,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
    7.
    With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:

    meus vir veniat velim),

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:

    nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,

    id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:

    nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,

    id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:

    saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,

    id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
    F.
    Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:

    quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,

    I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:

    quis est cui velle non liceat?

    who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:

    in magnis et voluisse sat est,

    Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:

    tarde velle nolentis est,

    slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:

    quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,

    the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:

    sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,

    that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:

    velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,

    his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:

    velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,

    Mart. 5, 83, 2:

    velle suum cuique est,

    each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
    1.
    In imperative sentences.
    a.
    In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:

    nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,

    do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:

    nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,

    id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:

    noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,

    Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
    b.
    Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:

    neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),

    Ov. H. 1, 80.—
    c.
    In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;

    rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),

    Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:

    di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),

    id. P. 1, 7, 8:

    credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),

    Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
    d.
    In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:

    aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),

    Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:

    monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,

    id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:

    et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):

    legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:

    a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),

    id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:

    utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),

    id. Att. 11, 7, 7:

    cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),

    Verg. A. 11, 153:

    edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
    2.
    In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:

    non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:

    si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:

    si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),

    if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:

    si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),

    id. Fat. 14, 32:

    dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;

    so,

    id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:

    qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:

    conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,

    if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:

    quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,

    id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:

    ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;

    Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:

    ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3:

    quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:

    nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
    3.
    In declarative sentences.
    a.
    Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):

    vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:

    justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,

    id. Am. prol. 33:

    illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 8:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:

    illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,

    Liv. 1, 23, 8:

    quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:

    esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,

    Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
    b.
    With pres. inf.:

    propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:

    sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
    c.
    With perf. act. inf.:

    pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
    d.
    In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:

    eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:

    si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §

    114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),

    Liv. 9, 7, 11:

    talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),

    Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:

    utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),

    id. 4, 7, ext. 2:

    sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
    B.
    Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
    1.
    With verb in the second person.
    a.
    With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
    (α).
    As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:

    ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:

    eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,

    Cic. Att. 12, 53:

    eum salvere jubeas velim,

    id. ib. 7, 7, 7:

    velim me facias certiorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 9:

    tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 4:

    velim mihi ignoscas,

    id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:

    tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,

    id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:

    haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,

    Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:

    Musa velim memores, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
    (β).
    Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):

    vera dicas velim,

    I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:

    quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,

    Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:

    ipse velim poenas experiare meas,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;

    so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
    b.
    With infinitive clause.
    (α).
    With the force of a modest imperative:

    sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:

    extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,

    Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):

    itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
    (β).
    As a mere wish:

    velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:

    primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:

    hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,

    Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    With ut (rare):

    de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
    d.
    With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
    2.
    With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
    a.
    With pres. subj.:

    ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:

    de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:

    velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,

    Liv. 23, 12, 15:

    sint haec vera velim,

    Verg. Cir. 306:

    nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,

    Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:

    tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,

    Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:

    velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
    b.
    With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):

    nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause:

    ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:

    velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,

    Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;

    deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,

    id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,

    Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:

    moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:

    nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,

    Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
    3.
    With verb in the first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres. (so most freq.):

    atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:

    velim scire ecquid de te recordere,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:

    quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,

    id. Att. 11, 9, 3:

    nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,

    id. Sen. 23, 83:

    sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,

    Liv. 23, 12, 7:

    interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,

    Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
    b.
    With acc. and inf.:

    quod velis, modo id velim me scire,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:

    ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,

    Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
    c.
    With subj. pres.:

    eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
    4.
    Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:

    aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:

    velim, si fieri possit,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:

    si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 26:

    si possim, velim,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:

    nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,

    Cic. Brut. 83, 287:

    si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
    5.
    The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
    a.
    Velis.
    (α).
    Imperatively = cupito:

    quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:

    atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,

    Verg. Cir. 331.—
    (β).
    Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
    (γ).
    Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
    b.
    Velit.
    (α).
    Modestly for vult:

    te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:

    ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?

    Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
    (β).
    = imperative of third person:

    arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,

    Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    Velimus.
    (α).
    In the optative sense of velim:

    sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
    (β).
    With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
    d.
    Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):

    novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,

    Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:

    rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 10, 2:

    velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,

    id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:

    velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,

    Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:

    rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,

    Liv. 31, 6, 1:

    vellent juberentne se regnare,

    id. 1, 46, 1; cf.

    in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,

    id. 26, 33, 14.—
    e.
    Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
    C.
    Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:

    de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:

    quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
    1.
    With verb in first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:

    videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:

    vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,

    Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 68, 9:

    quam fieri vellem meus libellus!

    Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:

    nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:

    tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:

    maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),

    Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:

    sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),

    Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
    b.
    With perf. inf., I wish I had:

    abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,

    I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:

    maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:

    quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 10:

    non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:

    ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,

    Verg. A. 11, 303. —
    c.
    With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    virum me natam vellem,

    would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
    d.
    With subj. imperf. (rare):

    quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
    2.
    The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
    a.
    With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):

    hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,

    I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:

    quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,

    I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
    b.
    With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:

    vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:

    quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,

    id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:

    vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,

    id. Att. 10, 6, 2:

    quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,

    id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
    c.
    With ne and pluperf. subj.:

    tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
    d.
    With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
    3.
    With verb in third person.
    a.
    With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:

    vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1:

    vellem adesse posset Panaetius,

    id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:

    vellem hoc esset laborare,

    id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
    b.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 7:

    vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,

    id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:

    quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!

    Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause.
    (α).
    With inf. pres., I wish he were:

    quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!

    Cic. Clu. 70, 198:

    nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,

    Ov. F. 2, 120.—
    (β).
    With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:

    quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—

    With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),

    Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
    d.
    With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
    4.
    With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:

    aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,

    Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
    5.
    In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
    a.
    Velles.
    (α).
    In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
    (β).
    Of an indefinite subject:

    velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,

    Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
    b.
    Vellet.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;

    sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,

    Ov. M. 3, 247.—
    (β).
    Conditionally:

    quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?

    Ov. H. 12, 146.—
    c.
    Vellent.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem:

    quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!

    Verg. A. 6, 436.—
    (β).
    Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
    D.
    Volam and voluero.
    1.
    In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;

    si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,

    Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
    2.
    Volam in principal sentences.
    (α).
    = Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:

    et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,

    I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
    (β).
    Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
    3.
    In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:

    quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?

    otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:

    tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,

    then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    decedes cum voles,

    id. Att. 6, 3, 2:

    qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?

    those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:

    quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:

    invenies, vere si reperire voles,

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:

    quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,

    who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
    E.
    Si vis, parenthetically.
    1.
    If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):

    paulum opperirier, Si vis,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:

    audi, si vis, nunc jam,

    id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:

    dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
    2.
    If you wish, choose, insist upon it:

    hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:

    addam, si vis, animi, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 27, 89:

    concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
    F.
    Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
    1.
    3 d pers. sing.:

    quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),

    however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:

    C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,

    id. Div. 1, 26, 56:

    quam volet jocetur,

    id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
    2.
    1 st pers. plur.:

    quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
    3.
    2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;

    but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,

    as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
    4.
    3 d pers. plur.:

    quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:

    quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,

    id. Cael. 28, 67;

    but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,

    as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
    G.
    Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):

    quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:

    malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,

    Liv. 3, 68, 11:

    famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?

    id. 25, 29, 6.
    H.
    With magis and maxime.
    1.
    Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
    2.
    With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):

    quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,

    wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 1, 1:

    caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,

    which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:

    tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,

    above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:

    alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,

    as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:

    si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,

    in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
    K.
    In disjunctive co - ordination.
    1.
    With sive... sive:

    tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,

    whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:

    itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,

    Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
    2.
    Without connectives.
    a.
    Vis tu... vis:

    congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?

    Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
    b.
    Velim nolim.
    (α).
    Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:

    velit nolit scire, difficile est,

    it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
    (β).
    = seu velim seu nolim:

    ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,

    whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,

    Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:

    mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:

    hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,

    id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:

    velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,

    id. Ep. 117, 4:

    praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,

    Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
    A.
    As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
    1.
    Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;

    rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),

    Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:

    nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),

    id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:

    Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,

    id. 15, 16, 3:

    scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,

    Dig. 40, 4, 61:

    si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,

    ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
    2.
    Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):

    ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,

    except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,

    Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,

    with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:

    ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,

    since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
    B.
    As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
    1.
    Attributively.
    a.
    In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):

    sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:

    cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:

    virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,

    Sall. J. 14, 19.—
    b.
    Volenti animo.
    (α).
    = cupide, eagerly:

    Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,

    Sall. J. 73, 3. —
    (β).
    On purpose, intentionally:

    consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,

    Verg. A. 7, 216.—
    2.
    Predicatively.
    a.
    Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
    (α).
    Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):

    (hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,

    Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:

    quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,

    Sall. J. 76, 6:

    quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,

    Liv. 21, 39, 4:

    si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,

    id. 24, 37, 7:

    quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,

    id. 7, 40, 13:

    itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,

    id. 22, 27, 9:

    (virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:

    non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,

    id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:

    volens vos Turnus adoro,

    Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;

    12, 833: date vina volentes,

    id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
    (β).
    Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:

    precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,

    Liv. 24, 21, 10:

    precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,

    id. 29, 14, 13:

    in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,

    id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:

    agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:

    omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,

    with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,

    Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
    b.
    Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:

    quod nobis volentibus facile continget,

    if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:

    is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,

    to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:

    gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,

    to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:

    me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,

    Verg. A. 8, 133:

    saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,

    administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
    c.
    In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;

    rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,

    that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:

    quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,

    id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:

    grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,

    that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:

    quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:

    si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,

    Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:

    si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,

    id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init.
    3.
    As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
    a.
    vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
    (α).
    One who wishes:

    nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,

    Liv. 22, 22, 11:

    consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,

    Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:

    quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    discere meliora volentibus promptum est,

    i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:

    nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,

    to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:

    mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,

    Suet. Tib. 61.—
    (β).
    One who intends, is about:

    juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,

    i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:

    si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,

    one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
    (γ).
    One who is willing:

    non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,

    unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:

    ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,

    those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
    (δ).
    One who consents:

    tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,

    to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:

    quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,

    peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:

    si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,

    if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:

    nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,

    ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
    (ε).
    One who does a thing voluntarily:

    pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,

    the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:

    parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),

    Ov. M. 2, 128.—
    (ζ).
    Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:

    hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,

    and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
    b.
    In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:

    Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,

    that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:

    haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,

    Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:

    iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,

    id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
    2.
    vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
    I.
    Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):

    aves,

    Lucr. 6, 742:

    accipitres,

    id. 4, 1010:

    corvi,

    id. 2, 822:

    altam supra volat ardea nubem,

    Verg. G. 1, 364:

    volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,

    id. A. 1, 300:

    columbae venere volantes,

    id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:

    apes,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:

    volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:

    sine pennis volare haud facile est,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
    2.
    P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
    II.
    Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:

    i sane... vola curriculo,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:

    per summa levis volat aequora curru,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,

    id. ib. 12, 650:

    illa (Argo) volat,

    Ov. H. 6, 66:

    currus,

    Verg. G. 3, 181:

    axis,

    id. ib. 3, 107:

    nubes,

    Lucr. 5, 254:

    fulmina,

    id. 2, 213:

    tempestates,

    id. 6, 612:

    telum,

    id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:

    litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,

    Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:

    volat aetas,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    hora,

    Sen. Hippol. 1141:

    fama,

    Verg. A. 3, 121:

    et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:

    ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,

    Val. Fl. 4, 407.
    3.
    vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):

    volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,

    Paul. Diac. p. 370:

    volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,

    Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:

    vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,

    Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo

  • 49 θεός

    θεός, οῦ (Hom.+; Herm. Wr.; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph.) and ἡ, voc. θεέ (Pisidian ins [JHS 22, 1902, 355] θέ; PGM 4, 218 θεὲ θεῶν; 7, 529 κύριε θεὲ μέγιστε; 12, 120 κύριε θεέ; 13, 997; LXX [Thackeray 145; PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 152f]; ApcMos 42; Jos., Ant. 14, 24 ὦ θεὲ βασιλεῦ τ. ὅλων; SibOr 13, 172 βασιλεῦ κόσμου θεέ) Mt 27:46, more frequently (s. 2 and 3c, h below) ὁ θεός (LXX; ParJer 6:12; ApcEsdr 7:5; ApcMos 32; B-D-F §147, 3m; JWackernagel, Über einige antike Anredeformen 1912; Mlt-H. 120). On the inclusion or omission of the art. gener. s. W-S. §19, 13d; B-D-F §254, 1; 268, 2; Rob. 758; 761; 780; 786; 795; Mlt-Turner 174; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Artikels bei den Gottesnamen, StKr 84, 1911, 319–92; 503–38 (also published separately). The sg. article freq. suggests personal claim on a deity. ‘God, god’.
    In the Gr-Rom. world the term θεός primarily refers to a transcendent being who exercises extraordinary control in human affairs or is responsible for bestowal of unusual benefits, deity, god, goddess (s. on θεά) Ac 28:6; 2 Th 2:4 (cp. SibOr 5, 34 ἰσάζων θεῷ αὐτόν; Ar. 4, 1 οὐκ εἰσὶ θεοί; Tat. 10, 1 θεὸς … κύκνος γίνεται …; Ath. 18, 3 θεός τις δισώματος); θεὸς Ῥαιφάν Ac 7:43 (Am 5:26; s. entry Ῥαιφάν). οὐδεὶς θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς there is no god but one 1 Cor 8:4 (cp. AcPl Ha 1, 17 restored). θεοῦ φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου Ac 12:22.—ἡ θεός the (female) god, goddess (Att., later more rarely; Peripl. Eryth. c. 58; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2; SIG 695, 28; ins, one of which refers to Artemis, in Hauser p. 81f; Jos., Ant. 9, 19; Ar. 11, 2 [Artemis]; Ath. 29, 2 [Ino]) Ac 19:37.—Pl. Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). Cp. 14:11; 19:26; PtK 2 p. 14, 21. εἴπερ εἰσὶν λεγόμενοι θεοί even if there are so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5a; s. vs. 5b (on θεοὶ πολλοί cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 149.—Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a: θ. πολλοί w. εἷς θ. πατήρ). οἱ φύσει μὴ ὄντες θεοί those who by nature are not really gods Gal 4:8b (cp. Ar. 4, 2 μὴ εἶναι τὸν οὐρανὸν θεόν al.). θεοὶ … λίθινοι etc. AcPl Ha 1, 18 (cp. JosAs 10:13 τοὺς χρυσοῦς καὶ ἀργυροῦς). Of the devil μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15.
    Some writings in our lit. use the word θ. w. ref. to Christ (without necessarily equating Christ with the Father, and therefore in harmony w. the Shema of Israel Dt 6:4; cp. Mk 10:18 and 4a below), though the interpretation of some of the pass. is in debate. In Mosaic and Gr-Rom. traditions the fundamental semantic component in the understanding of deity is the factor of performance, namely saviorhood or extraordinary contributions to one’s society. Dg. 10:6 defines the ancient perspective: ὸ̔ς ἃ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λάβων ἔχει, ταῦτα τοῖς ἐπιδεομένοις χορηγῶν, θεὸς γίνεται τῶν λαμβανάντων one who ministers to the needy what one has received from God proves to be a god to the recipients (cp. Sb III, 6263, 27f of a mother). Such understanding led to the extension of the mng. of θ. to pers. who elicit special reverence (cp. pass. under 4 below; a similar development can be observed in the use of σέβομαι and cognates). In Ro 9:5 the interpr. is complicated by demand of punctuation marks in printed texts. If a period is placed before ὁ ὢν κτλ., the doxology refers to God as defined in Israel (so EAbbot, JBL 1, 1881, 81–154; 3, 1883, 90–112; RLipsius; HHoltzmann, Ntl. Theol.2 II 1911, 99f; EGünther, StKr 73, 1900, 636–44; FBurkitt, JTS 5, 1904, 451–55; Jülicher; PFeine, Theol. d. NTs6 ’34, 176 et al.; RSV text; NRSV mg.). A special consideration in favor of this interpretation is the status assigned to Christ in 1 Cor 15:25–28 and the probability that Paul is not likely to have violated the injunction in Dt 5:7.—If a comma is used in the same place, the reference is to Christ (so BWeiss; EBröse, NKZ 10, 1899, 645–57 et al.; NRSV text; RSV mg. S. also εἰμί 1.—Undecided: THaering.—The transposition by the Socinian scholar JSchlichting [died 1661] ὧν ὁ=‘to whom belongs’ was revived by JWeiss, D. Urchristentum 1917, 363; WWrede, Pls 1905, 82; CStrömman, ZNW 8, 1907, 319f). In 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:20 the interpretation is open to question (but cp. ISmyrna McCabe.0010, 100 ὁ θεὸς καὶ σωτὴρ Ἀντίοχος). In any event, θ. certainly refers to Christ, as one who manifests primary characteristics of deity, in the foll. NT pass.: J 1:1b (w. ὁ θεός 1:1a, which refers to God in the monotheistic context of Israel’s tradition. On the problem raised by such attribution s. J 10:34 [cp. Ex 7:1; Ps 81:6]; on θεός w. and without the article, acc. to whether it means God or the Logos, s. Philo, Somn. 1, 229f; JGriffiths, ET 62, ’50/51, 314–16; BMetzger, ET 63, ’51/52, 125f), 18b. ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου my Lord and my God! (nom. w. art.=voc.; s. beg. of this entry.—On a resurrection as proof of divinity cp. Diog. L. 8, 41, who quotes Hermippus: Pythagoras returns from a journey to Hades and appears among his followers [εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν], and they consider him θεῖόν τινα) J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριος and θεός s. 3c below). Tit 2:13 (μέγας θ.). Hb 1:8, 9 (in a quot. fr. Ps 44:7, 8). S. TGlasson, NTS 12, ’66, 270–72. Jd 5 P72. But above all Ignatius calls Christ θεός in many pass.: θεὸς Ἰησοῦς Χριστός ITr 7:1; Χριστὸς θεός ISm 10:1. ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν IEph ins; 15:3; 18:2; IRo ins (twice); 3:3; IPol 8:3; τὸ πάθος τοῦ θεοῦ μου IRo 6:3. ἐν αἵματι θεοῦ IEph 1:1. ἐν σαρκὶ γενόμενος θεός 7:2. θεὸς ἀνθρωπίνως φανερούμενος 19:3. θεὸς ὁ οὕτως ὑμᾶς σοφίσας ISm 1:1.—Hdb. exc. 193f; MRackl, Die Christologie d. hl. Ign. v. Ant. 1914. ὁ θεός μου Χριστὲ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 10; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ θ[εός] 6, 24; cp. ln. 34 (also cp. Just., A I, 63, 15, D. 63, 5 al.; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 24, 1; Mel., P. 4, 28 al.).—SLösch, Deitas Jesu u. antike Apotheose ’33. Cp. AWlosk, Römischer Kaiserkult ’78.
    God in Israelite/Christian monotheistic perspective, God the predom. use, somet. with, somet. without the art.
    ὁ θεός Mt 1:23; 3:9; 5:8, 34; Mk 2:12; 10:18; 13:19 (cp. TestJob 37:4); Lk 2:13; J 3:2b; Ac 2:22b; Gal 2:6 al. With prep. εἰς τὸν θ. Ac 24:15. ἐκ τοῦ θ. J 8:42b, 47; 1J 3:9f; 4:1ff, 6f; 5:1, 4; 2 Cor 3:5; 5:18 al.; ἐν τῷ θ. Ro 5:11; Col 3:3 (Ath. 21, 1). ἔναντι τοῦ θ. Lk 1:8; ἐπὶ τὸν θ. Ac 15:19; 26:18, 20 (Just., D. 101, 1); ἐπὶ τῷ θ. Lk 1:47 (Just., D. 8, 2); παρὰ τοῦ θ. J 8:40 (Ar. 4, 2; Just., A I, 33, 6 al.; without art. Just., D. 69, 6 al.). παρὰ τῷ θ. Ro 2:13; 9:14 (Just., A I, 28, 3; Tat. 7, 1; Ath. 31, 2 al.); πρὸς τὸν θ. J 1:2; Ac 24:16; AcPl Ha 3, 8 (Just., D. 39, 1 al.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13 al.); τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ. Hb 2:17; 5:1; Ro 15:17 is acc. of respect: with respect to one’s relation to God or the things pert. to God, in God’s cause (s. B-D-F §160; Rob. 486. For τὰ πρὸς τ. θ. s. Soph., Phil. 1441; X., De Rep. Lac. 13, 11; Aristot., Pol. 1314b, 39; Lucian, Pro Imag. 8; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 109, 3 [III B.C.] εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς θεούς; Ex 4:16; 18:19; Jos., Ant. 9, 236 εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς τ. θεόν). τὰ πρὸς τ[ὸν] θεὸν ἐτήρουσαν, when they were observant of matters pert. to God AcPl Ha 8, 13 (=τα π̣ρος θ̣̄ν̄| ἐτήρουσαν Ox 1602, 10f=BMM recto 16 restored after the preceding).
    without the art. Mt 6:24; Lk 2:14; 20:38; J 1:18a; Ro 8:8, 33b; 2 Cor 1:21; 5:19; Gal 2:19; 4:8f; 2 Th 1:8; Tit 1:16; 3:8; Hb 3:4; AcPl Ha 8, 20=BMM recto 25 (s. also HSanders’ rev. of Ox 1602, 26, in HTR 31, ’38, 79, n. 2, Ghent 62 verso, 6); AcPlCor 1:15; 2:19, 26. W. prep. ἀπὸ θεοῦ J 3:2a; 16:30 (Just., A II, 13, 4 τὸν … ἀπὸ ἀγεννήτου … θεοῦ λόγον). εἰς θεόν IPhld 1:2. ἐκ θεοῦ (Pind., O. 11, 10, P. 1, 41; Jos., Ant. 2, 164; Just., A I, 22, 2; Mel., P. 55, 404) Ac 5:39; 2 Cor 5:1; Phil 3:9. ἐν θεῷ J 8:21; Ro 2:17; Jd 1; AcPl Ha 1, 15; 2, 35. ἐπὶ θεόν AcPl Ha 2, 29 (cp. πρὸς θεόν Just., D. 138, 2). κατὰ θεόν acc. to God’s will (Appian, Iber. 19 §73; 23 §88; 26 §101, Liby. 6 §25, Bell. Civ. 4, 86 §364) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9ff; IEph 2:1. ἡ κατὰ θ. ἀγάπη godly love IMg 1:1; cp. 13:1; ITr 1:2. παρὰ θεῷ (Jos., Bell. 1, 635) Mt 19:26; Lk 2:52.
    w. gen. foll. or w. ἴδιος to denote a special relationship: ὁ θ. Ἀβραάμ Mt 22:32; Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37; Ac 3:13; 7:32 (all Ex 3:6). ὁ θ. (τοῦ) Ἰσραήλ (Ezk 44:2; JosAs 7:5) Mt 15:31; Lk 1:68; cp. Ac 13:17; 2 Cor 6:16; Hb 11:16. ὁ θ. μου Ro 1:8; 1 Cor 1:4; 2 Cor 12:21; Phil 1:3; 4:19; Phlm 4. OT κύριος ὁ θ. σου (ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29 (Dt 6:4); Lk 1:16; 4:8 (Dt 6:13); 10:27 (Dt 6:5); Ac 2:39. ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ θ. ἡμῶν Rv 4:11 (Just., D. 12, 3; the combination of κύριος and θεός is freq. in the OT: 2 Km 7:28; 3 Km 18:39; Jer 38:18; Zech 13:9; Ps 29:3; 34:23; 85:15; 87:2; TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 19 [Stone p. 6]; JosAs 3:4; 12:2 κύριε ὁ θ. τῶν αἰώνων. But s. also Epict. 2, 16, 13 κύριε ὁ θεός [GBreithaupt, Her. 62, 1927, 253–55], Herm. Wr.: Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII/2, p. 172, 6 κύριε ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, the PGM ref. at the beg. of this entry, and the sacral uses τ. θεῷ κ. κυρίῳ Σοκνοπαίῳ [OGI 655, 3f—24 B.C.]; PTebt 284, 6; τῷ κυρίῳ θεῷ Ἀσκληπίῳ [Sb 159, 2]; deo domino Saturno [ins fr. imperial times fr. Thala in the prov. of Africa: BPhW 21, 1901, 475], also Suetonius, Domit. 13 dominus et deus noster [for the formulation s. 4a: PMich 209]; Ar. 15, 10; Just., D. 60, 3 al.) τὸν ἴδιον θ. AcPl Ha 3, 22.—ὁ θ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χ. Eph 1:17.
    used w. πατήρ (s. πατήρ 6a) ὁ θ. καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; Eph 1:3; Col 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θ. καὶ πατὴρ ἡμῶν Gal 1:4; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ 1 Cor 15:24; Eph 5:20; Js 1:27. θ. πατήρ Phil 2:11; 1 Pt 1:2; cp. 1 Cor 8:6. ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ro 1:7b; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; Phlm 3; ἀπὸ θ. π. Gal 1:3 v.l.; Eph 6:23; 2 Th 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; παρὰ θεοῦ π. 2 Pt 1:17; 2J 3.
    w. gen. of what God brings about, in accordance w. the divine nature: ὁ θ. τῆς εἰρήνης Ro 15:33; 1 Th 5:23. τῆς ἐλπίδος the God fr. whom hope comes Ro 15:13. πάσης παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 1:3b. ὁ θ. τῆς ἀγάπης 13:11. ὁ θ. πάσης χάριτος 1 Pt 5:10. In οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀκαταστασίας ὁ θεός 1 Cor 14:33, θεός is to be supplied before ἀκατ.: for God is not a God of disorder.
    The gen. (τοῦ) θεοῦ is
    α. subj. gen., extremely freq. depending on words like βασιλεία, δόξα, θέλημα, ἐντολή, εὐαγγέλιον, λόγος, ναός, οἶκος, πνεῦμα, υἱός, υἱοί, τέκνα and many others. Here prob. (s. β) belongs τὸ μωρὸν τ. θ. the (seeming) foolishness of G. 1 Cor 1:25 (s. B-D-F §263, 2).
    β. obj. gen. ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θ. love for God Lk 11:42; J 5:42; ἡ προσευχὴ τοῦ θ. prayer to God Lk 6:12. πίστις θεοῦ faith in God Mk 11:22. φόβος θεοῦ fear of, reverence for God Ro 3:18 al. (s. φόβος 2bα) If 1 Cor 1:25 is to be placed here (s. α above), τὸ μωρὸν τ. θ. refers to apostolic allegiance to God, which is viewed by outsiders as folly.
    γ. τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ the things, ways, thoughts, or secret purposes of God 1 Cor 2:11. φρονεῖν τὰ τ. θ. Mt 16:23; Mk 8:33 s. φρονέω 2b (ἀτιμάζοντας τὰ τοῦ θ. Just., D. 78, 10 al.). ἀποδιδόναι τὰ τ. θ. τῷ θεῷ give God what belongs to God Mt 22:21; Mk 12:17; Lk 20:25.
    δ. Almost as a substitute for the adj. divine IMg 6:1f; 15 (cp. Ath. 21, 4 οὐδὲν ἔχων θεοῦ [of Zeus]).
    The dat. τῷ θεῷ (s. B-D-F §188, 2; 192; Rob. 538f; WHavers, Untersuchungen z. Kasussyntax d. indogerm. Sprachen 1911, 162ff) is
    α. dat. of advantage (cp. e.g. Ath. 26, 3 ὡς ἐπηκόῳ θεῷ) for God 2 Cor 5:13. Perh. (s. β) ὅπλα δυνατὰ τῷ θ. 10:4. The dat. of Ro 6:10f rather expresses the possessor.
    β. ethical dat. in the sight of God, hence w. superl. force (s. Beginn. IV, 75, on Ac 7:20) very: μεγάλοι τῷ θ. B 8:4 (cp. Jon 3:3). ἀστεῖος τῷ θ. Ac 7:20. Perh. (s. α) ὅπλα δυνατὰ τ. θ. weapons powerful in the sight of God 2 Cor 10:4. This idea is usu. expressed by ἐνώπιον τοῦ θ.
    ὁ θ. is used as a vocative Mk 15:34 (Ps 21:2. θεός twice at the beginning of the invocation of a prayer: Ael. Dion. θ, 8; Paus. Attic. θ, 7 ‘θεὸς θεός’ ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἐπέλεγον ἐπιφημιζόμενοι); Lk 18:11; Hb 1:8 (Ps 44:7; MHarris, TynBull 36, ’85, 129–62); 10:7 (Ps 39:9); AcPl Ha 3, 10; 5, 12; 31. S. also 2 and 3c and the beg. of this entry.
    θ. τῶν αἰώνων s. αἰών 3 and 4; θ. αἰώνιος s. αἰώνιος 2; θ. ἀληθινός s. ἀληθινός 3b; εἷς ὁ θεός s. εἷς 2b; (ὁ) θ. (ὁ) ζῶν s. [ζάω] 1aε.—ὁ μόνος θεός the only God (4 Km 19:15, 19; Ps 85:10; Is 37:20; Da 3:45; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 1f; s. Norden, Agn. Th. 145) J 5:44 (some mss. lack τοῦ μόνου); 1 Ti 1:17.—ὁ μόνος ἀληθινὸς θ. (Demochares: 75 Fgm. 2 p. 135, 7 Jac. [in Athen. 6, 62, 253c] μόνος θ. ἀληθινός) J 17:3. cp. the sim. combinations w. μόνος θ. Ro 16:27; Jd 25. μόνος ὁ θεὸς μένει AcPl Ha 2, 27.—θ. σωτήρ s. σωτήρ 1.—OHoltzmann, D. chr. Gottesglaube, s. Vorgesch. u. Urgesch.1905; EvDobschütz, Rationales u. irrat. Denken über Gott im Urchristent.: StKr 95, 1924, 235–55; RHoffmann, D. Gottesbild Jesu ’34; PAlthaus, D. Bild Gottes b. Pls: ThBl 20, ’41, 81–92; Dodd 3–8; KRahner, Theos im NT: Bijdragen (Maastricht) 11, ’50, 212–36; 12, ’51, 24–52.
    that which is nontranscendent but considered worthy of special reverence or respect, god (Artem. 2, 69 p. 161, 17: γονεῖς and διδάσκαλοι are like gods; Simplicius in Epict. p. 85, 27 acc. to ancient Roman custom children had to call their parents θεοί; s. 2 above and note on σέβομαι).
    of humans θεοί (as אֱלֹהִים) J 10:34f (Ps 81:6; humans are called θ. in the OT also Ex 7:1; 22:27; cp. Philo, Det. Pot. Insid. 161f, Somn. 1, 229, Mut. Nom. 128, Omn. Prob. Lib. 43, Mos. 1, 158, Decal. 120, Leg. All. 1, 40, Migr. Abr. 84). θ. γίνεται τῶν λαμβανόντων (a benefactor) proves to be a god to recipients Dg 10:6 (cp. Pliny, NH 2, 7, 18; s. 2 above, beg.—Aristot., Pol. 3, 8, 1, 1284a of the superior pers. as a god among humans; Arcesilaus [III B.C.] describes Crates and Polemo as θεοί τινες=‘a kind of gods’ [Diog. L. 4, 22]; Antiphanes says of the iambic poet Philoxenus: θεὸς ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν ἦν [Athen. 14, 50, 643d]; Diod S 1, 4, 7 and 5, 21, 2 of Caesar; for honors accorded Demetrius, s. IKertész, Bemerkungen zum Kult des Demetrios Poliorketes: Oikumene 2, ’78, 163–75 [lit.]; Dio Chrys. 30 [47], 5 Πυθαγόρας ἐτιμᾶτο ὡς θεός; Heliod. 4, 7, 8 σωτὴρ κ. θεός, addressed to a physician; BGU 1197, 1 [4 B.C.] a high official, and 1201, 1 [2 B.C.] a priest θεός and κύριος; PMich 209, 11f [II/III A.D.] οἶδας ἄδελφε, ὅτει οὐ μόνον ὧς ἀδελφόν σε ἔχω, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς πατέρα κ. κύριον κ. θεόν; Just., A I, 26, 2 [Σίμων] θεὸς ἐνομίσθη καὶ … ὡς θεὸς τετίμηται; Tat. 3, 2 μὴ θεὸς ὤν [Empedocles]; Ath. 30, 2 Ἀντίνους … ἔτυχε νομίζεσθαι θεός of benefactors in gener. AcJ 27 [Aa II/1, 166, 4]).—JEmerton, JTS 11, ’60, 329–32.
    of the belly (=appetite) as the god of certain people Phil 3:19 (cp. Athen. 3, 97c γάστρων καὶ κοιλιοδαίμων. Also Eupolis Com. [V B.C.] Fgm. 172 K. [in Athen. 3, 100b]; on the use of θ. in ref. to impersonal entities [e.g. Eur., Cyclops 316 of wealth as a god] s. DDD 693f).
    of the devil ὁ θ. τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 2 Cor 4:4 (s. αἰών 2a and WMüllensiefen, StKr 95, 1924, 295–99).—668–99. RAC XI 1202–78; XII 81–154; B. 1464. LfgrE s.v. θεός col. 1001 (lit.). Schmidt, Syn. IV 1–21. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > θεός

  • 50 suus

        suus (suae, monosyl., T.; gen plur. suūm, T.), pron poss. 3d pers.    [cf. sui, ἕοσ].    I. In gen.    A. With reflex reference, of oneself, belonging to oneself, his own, her own, his, her, its, their.—Referring to a subst. expressed or understood, in any gender or case: Caesar copias suas divisit, his, Cs.: in suā sententiā perseverat, Cs.: anteposuit suam salutem meae: suos parentes reperire, T.: omne animal et se ipsum et omnīs partīs suas diligit, its: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, their: naves cum suis oneribus, with their several cargoes, L.: suae causae confidere: hunc sui cives e civitate eiecerunt, was exiled by his fellow-citizens: ipsum suo nomine diligere, for his own sake: suis flammis delete Fidenas, i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, L.: (Siculis ereptae sunt) suae leges: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, L.: inimicissimus suus: Clodius, suus atque illius familiaris, Cs.: diffidens rebus suis: Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc., Cs.: doloris sui de me declarandi potestas.—Rarely with a subj clause as antecedent: secutum suā sponte est, ut, etc., of course, L.—Without a grammatical antecedent, one's, one's own: si quidem est atrocius, patriae parentem quam suum occidere: in suā civitate vivere: levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum, L.—Referring to an antecedent determined by the context, and conceived as authority for the statement, or as entertaining the thought, his, her, its, their: (Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam esse dicebat: hostes viderunt... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire, Cs.: ne ea quae rei p. causā egerit (Pompeius) in suam (i. e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat, Cs.: mulieres viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partūs suos (i. e. mulierum), L.—    B. Without reflex reference, his, her, its, their.—To avoid ambiguity: petunt rationes illius (Catilinae), ut orbetur auxilio res p., ut minuatur contra suum furorem imperatorum copia (for eius, which might be referred to res p.).—For emphasis, instead of eius, own, peculiar: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratūs sui fecerant, their own magistrates.—Rarely for eius without emphasis (poet. or late): Cimon incidit in eandem invidiam quam pater suus, N.: Ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat sua regia Concidit, O.    II. Esp.    A. Plur m. as subst., of intimates or partisans, one's people, their own friends: Cupio abducere ut reddam suis, to her family, T.: mulier praecepit suis, omnia Caelio pollicerentur, her slaves: vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset, to his posterity: naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis, a few of his followers, Cs.: inprimis inter suos nobilis, his associates: subsidio suorum proelium restituere, comrades, L.: bestias ad opem suis ferendam avertas, their young, L.— Sing f., a sweetheart, mistress: illam suam suas res sibi habere iussit.—Sing. and plur n., one's own things, one's property: ad suum pervenire: sui nihil deperdere, Cs.: meum mihi placebat, illi suum, his own work: expendere quid quisque habeat sui, what peculiarities: tibi omnia sua tradere, all he had: se suaque transvehere, their baggage, L.: Aliena melius diiudicare Quam sua, their own business, T.—    B. Predicative uses, under one's own control, self-possessed, composed: semper esse in disputando suus: Vix sua, vix sanae compos Mentis, O.—In gen., under one's control, his property, his own: causam dicere aurum quā re sit suum, T.: qui suam rem nullam habent, nothing of their own: ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae suam fecerit, has made subject, Cs.: exercitum senatūs populique R. esse, non suum: ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causā suum faceret, made any one his slave, L.: eduxit mater pro suā, as her own, T.: arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse, devoted to them, T.: Vota suos habuere deos, had the gods on their side, O.—    C. In phrases, suā sponte, of one's own accord, voluntarily, by oneself, spontaneously, without aid, unprompted: bellum suā sponte suscipere: omne honestum suā sponte expetendum, for its own sake ; see (spons).—Suus locus, one's own ground: restitit suo loco Romana acies, in its own lines, L.: aciem instruxit suis locis, Cs.—    D. Praegn., characteristic, peculiar voluptatem suis se finibus tenere iubeamus, within the limits assigned to it.—Intrinsic, original. (Platoni) duo placet esse motūs, unum suum, alterum externum, etc.— Private: in suis rebus luxuriosus militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur, i. e. his private property, Cs.— Just, due, appropriate: imperatori exercituique honos suus redditus, due to them, L.: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem, i. e. in which each soldier's term ended, L.: suo iure, by his own right: lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, i. e. appropriate (to tears), O.— Own, peculiar, exclusive, special: mentio inlata est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere, i. e. a special officer, L.: ni suo proprio eum proelio equites exceptum tenuissent, i. e. in which they alone fought, L.: quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua: equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare, i. e. both as cavalry and as infantry, L.: Miraturque (arbos) novas frondes et non sua poma (of engrafted fruit), V.— Own, devoted, friendly, dear: habere suos consules, after his own heart: conlegit ipse se contra suum Clodium, his dear Clodius.—Own, chosen by himself, favorable, advantageous: suo loco pugnam facere, S.: suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere, Cs.: numquam nostris locis laboravimus, L.: suam occasionem hosti dare, L.: aestuque suo Locros traiecit, a favorable tide, L.: Ventis ire non suis, H.— Proper, right, regular, normal: si suum numerum naves haberent, their regular complement: numerum non habet illa (ratis) suum, its full number, O.: cum suo iusto equitatu, L.: cessit e vitā suo magis quam suorum civium tempore, the right time for himself: sua tempora exspectare, L.— Own, independent: ut suae leges, sui magistratūs Capuae essent, L.: in suā potestate sunt, suo iure utuntur.—    E. In particular connections, strengthened by ipse (agreeing with the antecedent): valet ipsum (ingenium eius) suis viribus, by its own strength: legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem iudicavit Antonium? by its own resolutions: suāmet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt, L.: alios sua ipsos invidia interemit, L. —Distributively, with quisque, each... his own, severally... their own: suum quisque noscat ingenium, let every man understand his own mind: celeriter ad suos quisque ordines rediit, Cs.: ut omnes in suis quisque centuriis primā luce adessent, each in his own centuria, L.: sua cuiusque animantis natura est: ne suus cuique domi hostis esset, L.: trahit sua quemque voluptas, V.: in tribuendo suum cuique: clarissimorum suae cuiusque gentis virorum mors, L.: hospitibus quisque suis scribebant, L.—With quisque in the same case (by attraction): in sensibus sui cuiusque generis iudicium (i. e. suum cuiusque generis iudicium): equites suae cuique parti post principia conlocat (i. e. equites suos cuique parti), L.: pecunia, quae suo quoque anno penderetur (i. e. suo quaeque anno), each instalment in the year when due, L.—With uterque, distributively (of two subjects): suas uterque legiones reducit in castra, Cs.: cum sui utrosque adhortarentur, L.—Strengthened by sibi, own (colloq.): Suo sibi gladio hunc iugulo, his own sword, T.; cf. idem lege sibi suā curationem petet, for himself.—Strengthened by unius: ut sua unius in his gratia esset, that the credit of it should belong to him alone, L.: qui de suā unius sententiā omnia gerat, L.—With a pron, of his, of hers, of theirs: postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adiutores vos profiteamini, to this booty of his: cum illo suo pari: nullo suo merito, from no fault of theirs, L.—With an adj. (suus usu. emphatic, preceding the adj.): suis amplissimis fortunis: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit, Cs.: propter summam suam humanitatem: in illo ardenti tribunatu suo.—For the gen obj. (rare): neque cuiquam mortalium iniuriae suae parvae videntur (i. e. sibi inlatae), S.: te a cognitione suā reppulerunt (i. e. a se cognoscendo).— Abl sing. fem., with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron: neminem esse qui quo modo se habeat nihil suā censeat interesse; see intersum, rēfert.—Strengthened by the suffix - pte (affixed to suā or suo; never with ipse): ferri suopte pondere: locus suāpte naturā infestus, L. —Strengthened by the suffix - met (affixed to sua, sui, suo, suā, suos and suis; usu. followed by ipse): suomet ipsi more, S.: intra suamet ipsum moenia, L.: suosmet ipsi cives, L.
    * * *
    I
    sua, suum ADJ
    his/one's (own), her (own), hers, its (own); (pl.) their (own), theirs
    II
    his men (pl.), his friends

    Latin-English dictionary > suus

  • 51 sine

    sĭne (old form or sēd; v. the foll.), prep. with abl. [si and ne; si, the demonstrative instrumental, and the negative ne;

    hence, nesi was also found,

    Fest. p. 165; cf. Rib. Beiträge, p. 15; Corss. Ausspr. 1, 201; 1, 778].
    I.
    Without.
    A.
    Form se (sed):

    socordia compositum videtur ex se, quod est sine, et corde, Fest. pp. 292 and 293 Müll.: sed pro sine inveniuntur posuisse antiqui,

    id. p. 336 ib.: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT SE FRAVDE ESTO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 49: IM CVM ILLO SEPELIREI VRIVE SE FRAVDE ESTO, id. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 24, 60:

    EAM PECVNIAM EIS SED FRAVDE SVA SOLVITO,

    Inscr. Grut. 509, 20.—
    B.
    Form sine:

    tu sine pennis vola,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 180:

    ne quoquam pedem Efferat sine custode,

    id. Capt. 2, 3, 97:

    ut (urbs) sine regibus sit,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 37, 58:

    sine ullo domino,

    id. ib. 1, 43, 67:

    sine ullo certo exemplari formāque rei publicae,

    id. ib. 2, 11, 22:

    sine ullius populi exemplo,

    id. ib. 2, 39, 66: sine ullā dubitatione; v. dubitatio;

    for which, less freq.: sine omni, etc.,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 38; 4, 1, 20:

    sine omni malitiā,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 13; Ter. And. 2, 3, 17; Cic. de Or. 2, 1, 5; Ov. Tr. 4, 8, 33: sine dubio;

    v. dubius: pol si istuc faxis, haud sine poenā feceris,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 37; cf.:

    non sine magnā spe,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44:

    non sine conscio Surgit marito,

    Hor. C. 3, 6, 29; cf.:

    non sine floribus,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 2:

    non sine multis lacrimis,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 7:

    non sine fistulā,

    id. ib. 4, 1, 24.—In poets often with a noun instead of an adjective or adverb; as, sine sanguine, bloodless; sine pondere, weightless; sine fine, endless; sine nomine, nameless; sine sidere, starless; sine viribus, powerless, feeble, etc.:

    ignea vis et sine pondere caeli,

    Ov. M. 1, 26; so id. ib. 2, 537; 3, 417; 5, 249; 7, 306; 7, 275; 7, 830; 8, 518; 11, 429; 15, 120; Verg. A. 3, 204; 5, 694; 6, 534; Hor. C. 4, 14, 32 al.—Hence, poet., sine pondere, like a noun in dat., for rebus sine pondere:

    pugnabant mollia cum duris, sine pondere habentia pondus,

    Ov. M. 1, 20.—Several times repeated:

    si sine vi et sine bello velint rapta tradere,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 51; cf.:

    sine praesidio et sine pecuniā,

    Cic. Att. 8, 3, 5; and more freq. without et:

    eam confeci sine molestiā, Sine sumptu, sine dispendio,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 6 and 7:

    hominem sine re, sine fide, sine spe, sine sede, sine fortunis, ore, linguā, manu, vita omni inquinatum,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 78:

    se solos sine vulnere, sine ferro, sine acie victos,

    Liv. 9, 5; v. Drak. ad Liv. 7, 2, 4.—With part. and subst. (rare):

    sine causā antecedente,

    Cic. Fat. 19, 43:

    sine externā et antecedente causā,

    id. ib. 11, 24:

    sine viso antecedente,

    id. ib. 19, 44:

    sine inpensā operā,

    Liv. 5, 4, 4; 7, 12, 11; 45, 25, 7; cf.:

    sine rest tutā potestate,

    id. 3, 52, 2 MSS. et Madv. (Weissenb. ex conj.: quā sibi non restitutā).—In epistolary style once without a case, referring to a preceding noun:

    age jam, cum fratre an sine?

    Cic. Att. 8, 3, 5.—With gerund (very rare):

    nec sine canendo tibicines dicti,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 75 Müll.—Taking the place of a clause:

    armantur senes aut pueri, et numerus militum sine exercitūs robore expletur,

    i. e. without acquiring, Just. 5, 6, 3:

    exercitus ejus sine noxā discurrit,

    id. 12, 7, 8.—By the poets sometimes put after its case:

    flammā sine thura liquescere,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 99:

    vitiis nemo sine nascitur,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 68.—
    II.
    In composition, se, or before a vowel, sed, denotes a going or taking aside, a departing, separating, etc.: secedo, secerno, segrego; seditio.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sine

  • 52 τις

    τις, [full] τι, Indef. Pron.
    A any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions v. infr.):—but τίς; τί; Interrog. Pron. who? what?, oxyt. in the monosyll. cases, parox. in the others:—Dialectal forms: Cypr. σις ( si se) Inscr.Cypr.135.10 H.; Arc. σις (with <*> for ς) IG5(2).262.25 (Mantinea, v B.C.); Thess. κις ib.9(2).515.12 ([place name] Larissa), 1226.4, 1229.27 ([place name] Phalanna), pl. κινες ib.517.41 ([place name] Larissa), neut. κι in διεκί, ποκκί (qq.v.); neut. pl. [dialect] Dor. σά, [dialect] Boeot. τά, [dialect] Aeol. dat. τίω, τίοισι (v. infr. B). (I.-E. q[uglide]i-, cf. Lat. quis, quid, etc.; for σά, τά, v. ἄσσα, σά μάν; with τέο (v. infr. B) cf. OSlav. gen. c<*>eso.)
    A Indef. Pron. τις, τι, gen. [dialect] Ion. τεο Od.16.305, Hdt.1.58; more freq. τευ Il.2.388, al., Hdt.4.30, al., Meliss.7, etc.; Trag. and [dialect] Att. του A.Pr.21, Ar.Ach. 329, Th.1.70, etc. (sts. fem., S.Aj. 290, OT 1107 (lyr.), E.Hec. 370, etc.); του is rare after 300 B.C., never in LXX or NT, but found in IG12(5).798.17 (Tenos, iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.250.6, 647.23 (iii B.C.), Plb.3.23.3, revived by the Atticists, D.H.8.29, Plu.Fab.20, etc.; τινος Pi.P.2.90, IG12.16.17, 65.41, A.Eu. 5, Ch. 102, S.Ant. 698, al., Hdt.2.109, al. (Rh.Mus.72.483), etc.; dat. [dialect] Ion.

    τεῳ Il.16.227

    , Od.11.502, Hdt.2.48, 5.86; Trag. and [dialect] Att. τῳ (also in Hom., Il.1.299, 12.328, Od.13.308, 20.297, al., always in masc.) A.Th. 1045, IG12.39.54, D.S.18.45; as fem., A.Th. 472, S. OT80, etc.; τινι (Hom. in the form

    οὔ τινι Il.17.68

    , Od.14.96) Pi. O.9.26, al., B.17.12, Hdt.1.114 (elsewh. fem., 2.62, 3.69, 83, 4.113), A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 443, 495, etc.; acc. τινα Il.1.62, 5.761, etc., neut. τι 2.122, etc.: dual τινε Od.4.26, Pl.Sph. 237d, Prm. 143c, 149e: pl. τινες (Hom. only in

    οὔ τινες Od.6.279

    , 17.587 and οἵτινες (v. ὅστις)); [dialect] Dor. τινεν SIG527.127 (Drerus, iii B.C.); nom. and acc. neut. τινα (

    ὅτινα Il.22.450

    ), never in Trag., Ar., Th., or Hdt., f.l. in Isoc.4.74, first in Pl.Chrm. 163d, Ep. 325a, D.47.63, Hyp.Ath.19, Alex.110, Sotad.Com.1.22, Arist.EN 1094a5, IG42(1).121.35 (Epid., iv B.C.), etc.; ἄσσα (q.v.) Od.19.218, never in Trag. or Hdt.; [dialect] Att. ἄττα first in Th.1.113, 2.100, Ar.Ra. 173, al., Pl.R. 400a, etc., never in LXX, Plb., D.S., Str., revived by the Atticists, D.H.Comp.3, etc.; gen. [dialect] Ion. τεων Hdt.2.175, 5.57, τεῶν cj. for γε ῶν in 4.76; τινων not in Hdt., first in Ar.Eq. 977 (lyr.); dat. τισι, τισιν, first in Hdt. 9.113, X.Ath.1.18; N.-W. [dialect] Dor. τινοις GDI1409.5 (Delph., iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. τεοισι Hdt.8.113, 9.27 (for τεοις and τεον v. τεός); acc. τινας Il.15.735, Od.11.371 (also in οὕστινας, ὅτινας, v. ὅστις), etc.; neut. τινα (v. supr.):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as Adj. any, some, and serving as the Indef. Art. a, an;

    θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις Il.5.191

    ;

    καί τις θεὸς ἡγεμόνευεν Od.9.142

    ; οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν ἠείδη δμώων ib. 205; ἤ τι ὀϊσάμενος, ἢ.. ib. 339; μή τίς μοι ὑποδείσας ἀναδύη ib. 377, cf. 405- 410; εἴ τινά που μετ' ὄεσσι λάβοι ib. 418, cf. 421, al.; τις θεός construed as if τις θεῶν, 19.40, cf. 11.502, IG12.94.19, E.Hel. 1039.
    II special usages:
    1 some one (of many), i.e. many a one,

    ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν Il.7.201

    , etc.: sts. with meiosis, implying all or men, 13.638, Od.3.224; so in Prose, Hdt.5.49 fin., Th.2.37, etc.
    2 any one concerned, every one,

    εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω Il.2.382

    ; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself, 17.254;

    ἵνα τις στυγέῃσι καὶ ἄλλος 8.515

    , cf. 16.209, 17.227, al.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., even with the imper., τοῦτό τις.. ἴστω S Aj.417 (lyr.), cf. E.Ba. 346, Ar.Av. 1187;

    ἀγορεύω τινὶ ἐμὲ μὴ βασανίζειν Id.Ra. 628

    ; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, Th.1.40, cf. 6.77;

    ὅ τί τις ἐδύνατο Id.7.75

    ; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, D.21.66, cf. 19.35:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words,

    τις ἕκαστος Od.9.65

    , Th.6.31, etc.;

    πᾶς τις A.Ag. 1205

    , Hdt.6.80, Th.8.94, etc.;

    ἅπας τις Hdt.3.113

    , etc.;

    οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον Id.4.118

    . In these senses, τις is freq. combined with pl. words, οἱ κακοὶ.. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, S.Aj. 965; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, Th.4.85;

    ἐτόλμα τις.., ὁρῶντες Id.2.53

    , cf. 7.75; esp. after εἴ or ἤν τις, X. Mem.1.2.62, al.
    3 in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) Id.An.1.4.12, cf. Ar.Ra. 552, Theoc.5.122; so also euphem. for something bad,

    ἤν τι ποιῶμεν Th.2.74

    ;

    ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ D.4.11

    : hence for the [ per.] 1st or [ per.] 2nd pers. Pron.,

    ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω Il.1.289

    , cf. S.Ant. 751; ποῖ τις τρέψεται; for ποῖ τρέψομαι; Ar.Th. 603, cf. S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), 1138, Th.4.59, X.An.3.4.40, 5.7.31, etc.
    4 indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sts. with an ironical force,

    φοβεῖταί τις A.Ch.59

    (lyr.);

    μισεῖ τις ἐκεῖνον D.4.8

    ; as voc., τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, Ar.Pl. 1196.
    5 τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, E.El. 939;

    εἰσὶν ὅμως τινὲς οἱ εὐδοκιμοῦντες Arist.Pol. 1293b13

    ;

    τὸ δοκεῖν τιν' εἶναι Men.156

    ;

    τὸ δοκεῖν τινὲς εἶναι D.21.213

    ;

    ὡς σὲ μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖ τινὰ φαίνεσθαι, τὴν πόλιν δ' ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι μηδενὸς ἀξίαν εἶναι Id.10.71

    ; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, Theoc.11.79, cf. Act.Ap.5.36; also in neut.,

    οἴονταί τι εἶναι ὄντες οὐδενὸς ἄξιοι Pl.Ap. 41e

    , cf.Phd. 63c, Phdr. 243a, Euthd. 303c, etc.:— so τι λέγειν to be near the mark, opp. οὐδὲν λέγειν, Id.Prt. 339c, R. 329e, Phdr. 260a, etc.;

    ἵνα καὶ εἰδῶμεν εἴ τι ὅδε λέγει Id.Cra. 407e

    ;

    οἴεσθέ τι ποιεῖν, οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες Id.Smp. 173c

    .
    b τις is sts. opp. to another word,

    ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν' εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί.., τέρπεται δὲ καί τις.. Pi.Fr. 221

    ;

    τισὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀποροῦσι συνεξέδωκε θυγατέρας.., τοὺς δ' ἐλύσατο ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων Lys.19.59

    ;

    μέρος μέν τι σιδήρου, μέρος δέ τι ὀστράκινον LXX Da.2.33

    (more freq. with the Article, v. infr. 10 c); ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codd. BT)

    αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν Pl.Cra. 412c

    ;

    ἀναγκαῖον ἤτοι πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἀποδίδοσθαι πάσας ταύτας τὰς κρίσεις ἢ τισὶ πάσας.. ἢ τινὰς μὲν αὐτῶν πᾶσι τινὰς δὲ τισίν Arist.Pol. 1298a9

    , cf. 1277a23; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ' ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, Id.Cat. 6a38;

    τὸ πρώτως ὂν καὶ οὐ τὶ ὂν ἀλλ' ὂν ἁπλῶς Id.Metaph. 1028a30

    ; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισίν; Id.Pol. 1269a26.
    6 with pr. names τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so,

    ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης Il.5.9

    , cf. X.An.3.1.4, etc.; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, S.Ph. 442.
    b one of the same sort, converting the pr. name into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, A.Ag.55 (anap.); [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyr.in PVat.11v xi7;

    Σκύλλαν τινά A.Ag. 1233

    , cf.Ar.V. 181, Av. 512, Ra. 912: so also

    ὥς τις ἥλιος A.Ag. 288

    ; ἰσθμόν τιν' Ar. Th. 647.
    7 with Adjs. τις combines to express the idea of a Subst. used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, Od.17.449, cf. 18.382, 20.140, Il.3.220; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dull ard, Pl.R. 358a, cf. Prt. 340e; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a cow ard, A.Pr. 696, cf. Th. 979(lyr.), Ag. 1140 (lyr.); ὡς ταχεῖά τις.. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion ( = ταχέως πως), S.Aj. 1266, cf. OT 618, Hdt.4.198; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, Id.3.155, 5.33.
    8 with numerals and Adjs. expressing number, size, or the like , εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ.. ἔστω some one man, Il.1.144;

    ἕνα τιν' ἂν καθεῖσεν Ar.Ra. 911

    ;

    δώσει δέ τι ἕν γε φέρεσθαι Od.15.83

    ;

    τινὰ μίαν νύκτα Th.6.61

    ;

    προσκαλεσάμενός τινας δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν Act.Ap.23.23

    ; sts. the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, Th.7.34;

    ἐς διακοσίους τινάς Id.3.111

    , cf. 7.87, 8.21; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, Id.3.52; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, Id.8.3; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, Id.3.68; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, A.Pers. 510, Th. 6.94, etc.; ὀλίγοι τινές or

    τινὲς ὀλίγοι Id.2.17

    , 3.7; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, Hdt.5.48;

    τις στρατιὰ οὐ πολλή Th.6.61

    ; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, Od.10.45, cf. Hdt. 1.193, 2.18, etc.;

    κόσοι τινές Id.7.234

    ;

    πηλίκαι τινὲς τιμωρίαι Isoc. 20.3

    ;

    πολλὸς γάρ τις ἔκειτο Il.7.156

    ;

    ἐκ πολλοῦ τευ χρόνου Hdt. 2.58

    .
    9 with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς.. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, Od.20.38, cf. 380; οἷός τις what sort of a man, Il.5.638 (dub. l.), cf. Od.9.348, 20.377, Pl.Prt. 313a, etc.;

    ποῖός τις S.Ant.42

    , OC 1163, Hdt.3.34, X.An.7.6.24, etc.;

    ὁποῖός τις Id.Cyr.2.2.2

    , al.;

    εὐτυχίη τις τοιήδε Hdt.3.139

    , cf. X.Mem.1.1.1, etc.;

    τοιοῦτός τις Id.An.5.8.7

    .
    10 with the Article,
    a when a noun with the Art. is in appos. with τις, as ὅταν δ' ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, S.OC 289; τοὺς αὐτοέντας.. τιμωρεῖν τινας (v.l. τινα) Id.OT 107.
    b in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Art. to show that the Art. is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opp. ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, Arist.Cat. 1b4, 8; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opp. ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, Id.Pol. 1283a4, cf. S.E.P.2.223; but in

    ἑνὸς γὰρ τό γε τὶ φήσεις σημεῖον εἶναι Pl.Sph. 237d

    , the Art. is used as in Il. cc. s.v. ,

    , τό B.1.5

    : later ὅ τις (or ὁ τὶς ) much like ὁ δεῖνα, δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, PMag.Par.1.236; αἴρω σε, ἥ τις βοτάνη ib.287; εἰς τήν τινα κρείαν (leg. χρείαν) ib.289.
    c freq. in opposed clauses,

    ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δὲ.. E.Med. 1141

    , Hec. 624, Pl.Phd. 99b, etc.;

    ὁ μέν τις.., ἄλλος δὲ.. E.IT 1407

    ;

    ὁ μὲν.., ὁ δέ τις.. X.Cyr.1.4.15

    : pl.,

    οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.. Hdt.1.127

    , cf. Th.2.91;

    οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.., οἱ δέ τινες X.Cyr.3.2.10

    , etc.; οἱ μὲν.., οἱ δέ τινες.. ib.6.1.26, etc.: also combined with other alternative words,

    ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.., ἕτερος δέ τις.. Id.Smp.2.6

    ; ὁ μὲν.., ἕτερος δέ τις.., ὁ δὲ.. , etc., Ar. Pl. 162 sq.: also in neut.,

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Pl.Ep. 358a

    ;

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δὲ.. Hdt.3.40

    ; in adverb. sense, τὸ μὲν.., τὸ δέ τι.. partly.., partly.., Plb.1.73.4; and τι remains unaltered even when the Art. is pl.,

    τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι X.An.4.1.14

    , cf. HG7.1.46; also τὸ δέ τι.. but in some measure.., without τὸ μέν preceding, Th.1.107, cf. 118, 7.48.
    d later τις is used as in b supr. but without the Art., γράψον.. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, POxy.937.22 (iii A.D.); κληρονόμους καταλείπω τὴν θυγατέρα μού τινα καὶ τὸν σύντροφον αὐτῆς τινα καί τινα ib.1034.2 (ii A.D.); τίς τινι χαίρειν A to B greeting (in a draft letter), ib. 509 (ii A.D.).
    II the neut. τι is used,
    a collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party.., Th.7.48; so perh. τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ' Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ' ἀνθρώπων no class, h.Ven.34 (but masc. τις in h.Merc. 143).
    b euphem. for something bad, v. supr. 3.
    c joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all,

    ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι Il.5.421

    ;

    παρεθάρρυνέ τι αὐτούς X.HG6.4.7

    , etc.: with Adjs. or Adverbs, οὕτω δή τι ἰσχυραί, οὕτω δή τι πολύγονον, etc., Hdt.3.12, 108, cf. 4.52; so also

    ὀλίγον τι ἧσσον Od.15.365

    ;

    οὐδέ τι μᾶλλον Hdt.6.123

    , etc.;

    ἧσσόν τι Th.3.75

    , etc.; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, v. πάνυ 1.3,

    πολύς 111.1a

    , 2a, σχεδόν IV; also in conjunction with

    οὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως Hdt.6.3

    ; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, E.Alc. 522, S.Aj. 280;

    μηδέν τι λίαν E.Andr. 1234

    :—also καί τι καὶ.. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, Th.1.107;

    καί πού τι καί Pi.O.1.28

    .
    12 τίς τε freq. in Hom.,

    ὡς ὅτε τίς τε Il.3.33

    , 4.141, v. τε B.
    13 ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, Hdt.3.140, X.Cyr.7.5.45, D.C.47.5, 48.4; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, Pl.Ap. 17b;

    ἢ οὐδεὶς ἤ τις D.C.41.62

    (s. v.l.).
    14 τις is pleonast. in such phrases as οὐδέν τι or μηδέν τι, v. supr. 11c.
    b repeated in successive clauses,

    ὅσα λέγει τις ἢ πράσσειτις ἢψέγειν ἔχει S.Ant. 689

    ;

    εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλέους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται Id.Tr. 944

    (where however κἄτι πλείους is prob. cj.), cf. E.Or. 1218 (whereas τις is sts. omitted in the first clause,

    οὔτε φωνὴν οὔτε του μορφὴν βροτῶν A.Pr.21

    , cf. S.Tr.3): but in E.Andr. 734, ἔστι γάρ τις οὐ πρόσω.. πόλις τις, the repetition is pleonastic, as also in A.Supp.57 sq. (lyr., s. v.l.).
    15 τις is sts. omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (sc. τις) Il.13.287; ὡς δ' ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (sc. τις)

    φεύγοντα διώκειν 22.199

    , cf. S.OC 1226 (lyr.), Leg.Gort.2.2, X.Smp.5.2, Pl.Grg. 456d: τις must often be supplied from what goes before, ib. 478c, Prt. 319d.
    b sts. also τις is omitted before a gen. case which must depend upon it, as

    ἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς S.Aj. 189

    (lyr.); ἢν γαμῇ ποτ' αὐτὸς ἢ [τις]

    τῶν ξυγγενῶν Ar.Nu. 1128

    ;

    ἐν τῶν πόλεων IG12.56.14

    .--Cf. ὅστις, οὔτις, μήτις, ἄλλο τι.
    1 accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc., cf. Choerob. in Theod.1.373 H.) and barytone when followed by another word ( τὶς or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to Sch. D.T.p.240 H. its orthotone accent is τίς (not τὶς) , τίνα, τίνες, etc. The orthotone form is used in codd.:
    a at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον.. ; is any one within? A.Ch. 654 ( τὶς cj. Hermann); τί φημι; = λέγω τι; am I saying anything? S.Tr. 865, OT 1471; <τίς ἦλθε;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? Somebody has come, Sch.D.T. l.c.; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), S.E.M.8.97; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας Sch.Theoc.7.78;

    τίς ποτε οἰκοδεσπότης.. ἐκοπία Aesop.

    in Gloss. iii p.41; or after a pause,

    πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ἔφην ἐγώ, ὦ βέλτιστε, τὶς ἀποκρίναιτο Pl.R. 337e

    ; τι οὖν ([etym.] τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγεις; D.1.14 (v.l.);

    ἔντοσθεν δὲ γυνά, τι θεῶν δαίδαλμα Theoc.1.32

    ;

    οὐ γυμνὸν τὸ φίλαμα, τι δ' ὦ ξένε καὶ πλέον ἑξεῖς Mosch.1.5

    (v.l. for τὺ).
    b when τις is opp. to another τις or to some other word,

    τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ' οὐ συμφέρει Arist.Pol. 1284b40

    , cf. Th.2.92, Pl.Cri. 49a, D. 9.2;

    τινὲς μὲν οὖν.., ἡμεῖς δὲ.. Sor.1.1

    ;

    τὸ τὶ μὲν ψεῦδος ἔχον, τὶ δὲ ἀληθές S.E.M.8.127

    ;

    ἀλλὰ τινὰ μὲν.., τινὰ δὲ.. Gem.14.6

    ;

    ποτὲ μὲν πρὸς πάντα, ποτὲ δὲ πρὸς τινά Sor.1.48

    : without such opposition, τοῦτ' εἰς ἀνίαν τοὔπος ἔρχεται τινί for a certain person, S.Aj. 1138. Codd. are not consistent; in signf.11.5a, 10c, 13 they make it enclitic; in signf. 11.5b sts. enclitic, sts. orthotone (v. supr.); sts. enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence,

    πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί Arist.Metaph. 1032a14

    , cf. Pl.Chrm. 165c.
    2 position:
    a τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (v. supr. 111.1a, b); it may stand second word,

    ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ Od.9.508

    , cf. Il.8.515, 23.331; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense,

    ἀλλ' ἄγε δή τινα μάντιν ἐρείομεν 1.62

    ;

    φυλακὴ δέ τις ἔμπεδος ἔστω 8.521

    .
    b in [dialect] Ion. Prose it sts. stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive,

    τῶν τις Περσέων Hdt.1.85

    ;

    τῶν τις ἱρέων Id.2.38

    ;

    τῶν τινες Φοινίκων Id.8.90

    ;

    ἐς τῶν τι ἄλλο στομάτων τοῦ Νείλου Id.2.179

    ; so also in late Prose, Ath.3.108d, Eust.1402.18, 1659.27, 1676.1.
    c it stands between the Art. and Subst. in signf.11.10b.
    d τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, IG12.110.46, Th.7.10, X.An.4.1.14 (codd. dett.), D.22.22, etc.
    e whereas in [dialect] Att. the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in [dialect] Dor. the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, Leg.Gort.9.43, al., Tab.Heracl.1.105, al. (but

    αἴ κά τις Epich.35

    , 159;

    αἰ δέ κα μή τις Leg.Gort.5.13

    ): later [dialect] Dor.

    εἴ τί κα GDI2101.3

    , al.; καἴ τι ἂν ( = καὶ εἴ τι ἂν) IG5(1).1390.50 (Andania, i B.C., v. infr. B.11.1b):—this [dialect] Dor. order influenced the Koine, as in the rare

    εἴ τις ἂν Plu.TG15

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τις

  • 53 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidenceto do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 54 FRAM

    * * *
    adv.
    1) forward; hann féll f. á. fœtr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet; f. rétt, straight on; koma f., to reappear;
    3) on the fore part, in front, opp. to aptr( maðr f., en dýr aptr); aptr ok f., fore and aft, of a ship;
    4) joined with preps. and particles, bíða f. á dag, f. á nótt, to wait far into the day, or night; bíða f. um jól, to wait till after Yule; fyrir lög f., in spite of the law; f. undan eyjunni; off the island;
    5) of time, hversu er f. orðit, how late is it, what time is it? f. orðit dags, late in the day.
    * * *
    adv.—the Icel. has a triple adverbial form, fram, denoting the going to a place (ad locum); frammi, the being in a place (in loco); framan, the going from a place (a loco)—compar. framarr (mod. framar) or fremr, = Goth. framis; superl. framast (framarst) or fremst: proncd. with a double m = framm; and that such was the case in olden times may be seen from Fms. vi. 385 and Skálda 168, 171. This adv. with its compds and derivatives may be said to have been lost in Germ. as well as Engl., and at a very early time. Even Ulf. uses fram as a prep. in the sense of ἀπό, like the A. S. and Engl. from, Swed. från: only in two passages Ulf. uses fram as adv., viz. Rom. xiii. 12, where he renders ‘the night is far spent’ (nóttin er um liðin of the Icel. N. T.) by framis galeiþan, which recalls to mind the Icel. fram-liðinn = deceased, past; and Mark i. 19, where προβαίνειν is rendered by gaggan framis = Icel. ganga framarr or ganga fram; cp. also the Goth. compds fram-gahts = progress, Philipp. i. 25; fram-aldrs = stricken in years; fram-vigis = Icel. fram-vegis; fram-vairþis = further: in O. H. G. vram = ultra still occurs, but is now lost in Germ. as well as in Engl.: the Icel., on the other hand, makes a clear distinction between the prep. frá ( from) and fram, on, forward, = Gr. πρόσω, Lat. porro, pro-; in some compds the sense from appears, e. g. framandi, a stranger,—Ulf. framaþeis, prop. one who is far off or from far off; so also fram-liðinn, gone, past; ganga fram, to die.
    A. fram, forward, (opp. to aptr, backward); aðra leið aptr en fram, 655 xxxii. 18; hann féll fram á fætr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet, Eg. 92; stefna fram ( to go on) hina neðri leið, 582; brautin liggr þar fram í milli, id.; cf þeir vilja fram, or, fram á leið, forward, Sks. 483; fram rétt, straight on, Fms. ii. 273, v. l.; fram, fram! on, on! a war cry, Ó. H. 215: koma fram, to reappear, arrive, after being long unheard of; hann kom fram í Danmörku, Fms. i. 62; hann kom fram í kaupstað þeim er …, Ísl. ii. 332; ok kómu þar fram, er Kirjálar vóru á fjalli, Eg. 58: the phrase, fram í ættir, in a far or distant degree (of relationship), 343: people in Icel. in the 14th century used to say, fram til Noregs, up to Norway (cp. up to London), Dipl. ii. 15, 16.
    II. fram is generally applied to any motion outwards or towards the open, opp. to inn, innar; thus fram denotes the outer point of a ness, fram á nes; Icel. also say, fram á sjó, towards the high sea, (but upp or inn at landi, landwards); also, towards the verge of a cliff or the like, fram á hamarinn (bergit), Eg. 583: when used of a house fram means towards the door, thus, fara fram í dyr (eldhús), but inn or innar í baðstofu (hence fram-bær), var hón ávalt borin fram ok innar, she was borne in a litter out and in, Bs. i. 343: of a bed or chair fram denotes the outside, the side farthest from the wall, horfir hón til þils, en bóndi fram, she turned her face to the wall, but her husband away from it, Vígl. 31.
    β. again, Icel. say, fram á dal, up dale, opp. to ofan dalinn, down dale.
    III. without motion, the fore part, opp. to aptr, hinder part (cp. fram-fætr); aptr krókr en fram sem sporðr, Fms. ii. 179; maðr fram en dýr aptr (of a centaur), 673. 2, Sks. 179; aptr ok fram, fore and aft, of a ship, Fms. ix. 310.
    IV. joined with prepp. or particles, Lat. usque; bíða fram á dag, fram á nótt, fram í myrkr, to wait far into the day, night, darkness, Bs. ii. 145; bíða fram yfir, er fram um Jól, etc., to bide till after Yule; um fram, past over; sitja um þat fram er markaðrinn stóð, to stay till the fair is past, Fb. i. 124; fram um hamarinn (bergit), to pass the cliff, Eg. 582; ríða um fram, to ride past or to miss, Nj. 264, mod. fram hjá, cp. Germ. vorbei:—metaph., vera um fram e-n, above, surpassingly; um fram aðra menn, Fb. i. 91, Fms. vi. 58, passim; um alla hluti fram, above all things: yfir alla hluti fram, id., Stj. 7: besides, Sks. 41 new Ed.: fyrir lög fram, in spite of the law, Fms. iii. 157; fyrir rétt fram, 655 xx. 4; fyrir lof fram, without leave, Grág. i. 326; fyrir þat fram, but for that, ii. 99: the phrase, fyrir alla hluti fram, above all things, 623. 19.
    β. temp., fyrir fram means beforehand, Germ. voraus; vita, segja fyrir fram, to know, tell beforehand, Germ. voraus-sagen.
    γ. fram undan, projecting, stretching forward; fram undan eyjunni, Fms. ii. 305.
    δ. the phrase, fram, or more usually fram-orðit, of time, hvað er fram-orðit, how late is it? i. e. what is the time? Ld. 224; þá var fram-orðit, it was late in the day, Clem. 51; þá er fram var orðit, 623. 30: dropping ‘orðit,’ þeir vissu eigi hvat fram var (qs. fram orðit), they did not know the time of day, K. Þ. K. 90: with gen., fram-orðit dags, late in the day, Fms. xi. 10, Ld. 174; áfram, on forward, q. v.
    V. with verbs,
    α. denoting motion, like pro- in Latin, thus, ganga, koma, sækja, falla, fljóta, renna, líða, fara … fram, to go, come, flow, fare … forward, Eg. 136, Fms. ii. 56, Jb. 75, passim: of time, líða fram, Bs. ii. 152 (fram-liðinn).
    β. rétta, halda fram, to stretch, hold forth, Nj. 3; flytja, bera, draga, leiða, færa, selja, setja fram, to bring … forward, Sks. 567; leggja fram, to ‘lay forth,’ discharge, Fms. v. 293, Nj. 3, 11; bjóða fram, to offer; eggja, hvetja fram, to egg on; segja fram, to pronounce; standa, lúta fram, etc.
    γ. sjá, horfa, stökkva … fram fyrir sik, to look, jump forward, opp. to aptr fyrir sik, Nj. 29:—impers., e-m fer fram, to grow, make progress; skara fram úr, to stand out.
    B. frammi, (for the pronunciation with a double m vide Skálda 169,) denotes in or on a place, without motion, and is formed in the same way as uppi from upp, niðri from niðr; Icel. thus say, ganga fram, niðr, upp, to go on, go down, go up; but vera frammi, niðri, uppi, to be in, etc.; if followed by a vowel, the final i may be dropt, thus, vera frammi á dal, or framm’ á dal, Hrafn. 6; sitja framm’ fyrir hásæti (= frammi fyrir), Ó. H. 5; just as one may say, vera niðr’ á (qs. niðri á) engjum, upp’ á (= uppi á) fjalli: as to direction, all that is said of fram also applies to frammi, only that frammi can but denote the being in a place; Icel. thus say, frammi á dal in a dale, frammi í dyrum in-doors, frammi á fjalli on a fell, frammi á gólfi on the floor, frammi á sjó, etc.; þeir Leitr sitja frammi í húsum, Fær. 181, cp. also Hrafn. 1; sitja (standa) frammi fyrir e-m, to sit ( stand) before one’s face, Hkr. ii. 81.
    II. metaph. the phrase, hafa e-t frammi, to perform a thing, Nj. 232, Sks. 161: to use, shew, in a bad sense, of an insult, threatening, or the like; hafa þeir f. mikil-mæli ok heita afarkostum, Hkr. i. 191: the particle í is freq. prefixed, hafa í frammi, (not á frammi as áfram, q. v.); svá fremi skaltú rógit í frammi hafa, Nj. 166; þarftú þá fleira í frammi at hafa en stóryrði ein ok dramblæti, Fas. i. 37; hafðú í frammi kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215: to exercise, Bs. i. 852; hafa f. ípróttir, Fms. ix. 8 (rare); láta, leggja f., to contribute, produce, Fas. iii. 118, Fms. vi. 211.
    C. framan, from the front side; framan at borðinu, to the front of the table, Fb. ii. 302; framan at e-u, in the face or front of (opp. to aptan að, from behind); skaltú róa at framan borðum skútunnar, thou shall row towards the boards of the boat, of one boat trying to reach another, Háv. 46; taka framan af e-u, to take ( cut) from the fore part, Od. xiv. 474; framan á skipinu, the fore part of the ship, Fms. ii. 179; framan um stafninn, vi. 78.
    β. temp., framan af sumri, vetri, hausti, váti, the beginning, first part of summer …; also simply framan af, in the beginning.
    γ. of the fore part of the body; nokkut hafit upp framan nefit, Ld. 272; réttnefjaðr ok hafit upp í framan-vert, a straight nose and prominent at the tip, Nj. 29; framan á brjóstið, on the breast; framan í andlitið, in the face; framan á knén, í stálhúfuna framan, Fms. viii. 337; framan á þjóhnappana, Sturl. i. 14 (better aptan á).
    δ. with the prep. í preceding; í framan, adv. in the face; rjóðr í framan, red in the face; fölr í framan, pale-faced, etc., freq. in mod. use.
    2. fyrir framan, before, in front of, with acc. (opp. to fyrir aptan, behind); fyrir framan slána, Nj. 45; fyrir framan hendr honum, 60; fyrir framan hamarinn, Eg. 583; fyrir framan merki, Fms. i. 27, ii. 84: as adv., menn stóðu með vápnum fyrir framan þar sem Flosi sat, before F. ‘s seat, Nj. 220; þá var skotið aptr lokhvílunni ok sett á hespa fyrir framan, Fms. ii. 84: að framan, above.
    3. as framan is prop. an adv. from the place, Icel. also say, koma framan af dal, framan af nesi, framan ór dyrum, etc., to come down the dale, etc., vide fram above.
    4. ‘framan til’ in a temp. sense, up to, until; nú líðr til þings framan, it drew near to the time of parliament, Nj. 12; líðr nú til þings framan, Ld. 88; leið nú framan til Jóla, Ísl. ii. 42; framan til Páska, Stj. 148; framan til vetrnátta, D. N.; framan til þess er hann átti við Glám, Grett. 155; framan til Leiðar, Anal. 172; frá upphafi heims framan, from the beginning of the world, Ver. 1; in mod. usage simply fram in all such instances.
    D. Compar. framarr, farther on; superl. framast, fremst, farthest on:
    1. loc., feti framarr, a step farther on, Lv. 59; þar er þeir koma framast, the farthest point they can reach, Grág. i. 111; þar sem hann kömr framast, 497; hvar hann kom framarst, Fms. xi. 416; svá kómu þeir fremst at þeir unnu þá borg, i. 114; þeir eru mest til þess nefndir at framast ( foremost) hafi verit, Ísl. ii. 368; þeir er fremst vóru, Fms. v. 78.
    2. temp. farthest back; er ek fremst um man, Vsp. 1; hvat þú fyrst um mant eða fremst um veizt, Vþm. 34; frá því ek má fremst muna, Dipl. v. 25.
    II. metaph. farther, more, superl. farthest, most; erat hann framarr skyldr sakráða við menn, Grág. i. 11; nema vér reynim oss framarr, Fær. 75; meta, hvárra þörf oss litisk framarr ganga, whose claim appeared to us the strongest, Dipl. ii. 5.
    β. with dat., venju framarr, more than usual; því framarr sem, all the more, Fms. i. 184.
    γ. with ‘en’ following; framar en, farther than, more than; mun hér því ( therefore) framarr leitað en hvarvetna annars-staðar, Fms. i. 213; at ganga framarr á hendr Þorleiki en mitt leyfi er til, Ld. 154; hversu Þorólfr var framarr en ek, Eg. 112; framarr er hann en ek, he is better than I, Nj. 3; sókn framarr ( rather) en vörn, 236; framarr en ( farther than) nú er skilt, Js. 48; því at hann væri framarr en aðrir menn at sér, better than other men, Mar. 25.
    2. superl., svá sem sá er framast ( foremost) elskaði, Fs. 80; svá sem framast má, 655 xi. 2; sem Guð lér honum framast vit til, Js. 5: with gen., konungr virði hann framast allra sona sinna, Fms. i. 6; at Haraldr væri framast þeirra bræðra, 59; framast þeirra at allri sæmd, viii. 272.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FRAM

  • 55 quantus

    quantus, a, um, adj. [quam], how great.
    A.
    Bellum, Nep. Dat. 5, 1:

    calamitates,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 35, 86:

    homo in dicendo,

    id. de Or. 2, 12, 51:

    gravitas,

    Vell. 2, 129, 2.—Corresp. with tantus:

    videre mihi videor tantam dimicationem, quanta numquam fuit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 1, 2.—With sup.:

    tanta est inter eos, quanta maxima esse potest, morum studiorumque distantia,

    the greatest possible difference, Cic. Lael. 20, 74.—Without tantus:

    quantus non unquam antea, exercitus venit,

    Liv. 9, 37, 2:

    quanta maxime poterat vi perculit,

    id. 9, 10, 10; cf. id. 7, 9, 8; 42, 15, 1; 24, 35, 5; Verg. A. 12, 701; 3, 641:

    quanta mea sapientia est,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 62.—Quantus quantus, for quantuscumque, how great or much soever (ante-class.):

    denegabit quantum quantum ad eum erit delatum,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 28:

    tu, quantus quantus, nihil nisi sapientia es,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 40:

    quanta quanta haec mea paupertas est, tamen,

    id. Phorm. 5, 7, 10. — In quantum, as far as, according as, in how far, in so far as, to whatever extent:

    in quantum satis erat,

    Tac. Or. 2:

    declamatio, in quantum maxime potest, imitetur eas actiones,

    Quint. 2, 10, 4; Sen. Ben. 2, 23, 1:

    pedum digitos, in quantum quaeque secuta est, Traxit,

    Ov. M. 11, 71:

    in quantum potuerit,

    as far as possible, Plin. Ep. 10, 75. — With a preceding in tantum, as greatly... as:

    vir in tantum laudandus, in quantum intellegi virtus potest,

    Vell. 1, 9.—
    B.
    Of number, value, etc., how much, how many:

    quanta milia,

    Prop. 1, 5, 10; Val. Fl. 3, 261. —And with or without tantus, as much as, as many as, Caes. B. G. 6, 19; Liv. 23, 21.—

    As a designation of multitude, quantum = emphatic omnis: ut te quidem omnes di deaeque, quantum est, perduint,

    as many as there are of them, Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 6:

    quantum in terra degit, hominum perjurissime!

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 117.— quantum, subst., with gen., as much of... as:

    quantum est frumenti hornotini, exaraverunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 45.— Quanti, as gen. pretii, how high, how dear, or as dear as, as high as: quanti emi potest minime, how cheap? Ep. Ad quadraginta minas, Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 110:

    quanti emit?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 6 (5), 14:

    quanti locaverint, tantam pecuniam redemptori solvendam,

    Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 16:

    vide, quanti apud me sis,

    how highly I prize you, how dear you are to me, id. Fam. 7, 19 init.:

    noli spectare, quanti sit homo,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4:

    (tu) qui scias quanti Tulliam faciam,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 5:

    quanti est ista hominum gloria,

    of how trifling worth, id. Rep. 6, 23, 25; cf. id. Tusc. 5, 37, 109:

    quanti est sapere!

    what a fine thing it is! Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 21:

    quanti ejus intersit,

    Dig. 43, 18, 3.—Quanti quanti, at whatever price:

    sed quanti quanti, bene emitur quod necesse est,

    Cic. Att. 12, 23, 3.—Quanto opere, sometimes as one word, quantopere (q. v.), with what care, how greatly, how much (answering to tanto opere or tantopere, so greatly, so much):

    quanto se opere custodiant bestiae,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 49, 126:

    quantoque opere ejus municipii causā laborarem,

    id. Fam. 13, 7, 1.—Hence,
    A.
    quantum, adv., as much as, so much as:

    scribe, quantum potes,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7, 7.—Quantum possum or potest, as soon as possible:

    domum me rursum, quantum potero, tantum recipiam,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 2, 40: rescribas ad me, quantum potest, Cic. Att. 4, 13, 1:

    erus, quantum audio, uxore excidit,

    so far as I hear, Ter. And. 2, 5, 12:

    quantum suspicor,

    as far as I can conjecture, id. Eun. 1, 2, 62.—Quantum in or ad me, so far as concerns me:

    non igitur adhuc, quantum quidem in te est, intellego deos esse,

    i. e. for all you have shown to the contrary, Cic. N. D. 3, 7, 15; cf. id. Ac. 1, 2, 8:

    quantum ad Pirithoum, Phaedra pudica fuit,

    as far as concerned, with respect to, Ov. A. A. 1, 744:

    quantum ad jus attinet,

    Sen. Contr. 5, 34, 16; 3, 16, 1.—With compp. for quanto, the more, the greater, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 488, A, 2).—Followed by eo:

    quantum juniores patrum plebi se magis insinuabant, eo acrius contra tribuni tenebant,

    Liv. 3, 15, 2; 44, 7, 6; Col. 12, 23 init. —Followed by tanto:

    quantum augebatur militum numerus, tanto majore, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 10, 5; 6, 38, 5; 27, 47, 11; cf. id. 32, 5, 1. — Also without a correl.:

    quantum... et minus,

    Liv. 44, 36, 5.—
    B.
    quantō, adv., by how much, by as much as, according as, the:

    quanto diutius Abest, magis cupio tanto,

    the longer he is away, Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 15:

    quanto gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 44:

    quanto magis philosophi delectabunt, si, etc.,

    how greatly, Cic. Ac. 1, 3, 10:

    quanto praeclarior vita, tanto,

    Sall. J. 85, 22 Kritz. — With verbs which contain the idea of comparison:

    Hannibalem tanto praestitisse ceteros imperatores prudentiā, quanto populus Romanus antecedebat fortitudine cunctas nationes,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 1.—With posit.:

    tanto acceptius in vulgum, quanto modicus privatis aedificationibus,

    inasmuch as, Tac. A. 6, 45:

    quanto frequenter impellitur, tanto firmiter roboratur,

    Lact. 5, 7, 9.—With ante, secus, aliud:

    quo minus exponam, quam multa ad me detulerit, quanto ante providerit,

    Cic. Sest. 3, 8: videtote, quanto secus ego fecerim, how differently, Cato ap. Charis. p. 192 P.:

    ut manifesto appareat, quanto sit aliud proximum esse, aliud secundum,

    Quint. 10, 1, 53.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > quantus

  • 56 μέσος

    μέσος, η, ον, also Arc. (v. ἰμέσος, μεσακόθεν); [dialect] Ep. [full] μέσσος (also [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.1.12, IG11(4).1064b32, and Lyr., Pi.P.4.224, and sts. in Trag., E.HF 403 (lyr.), S.OC 1247 (lyr.), Tr. 635 (lyr.), Ant. 1223, 1236, Fr.255.5), [dialect] Boeot., Cret. [full] μέττος, IG7.2420.20 (iii B. C.), GDI 5000 ii
    A b 2 (v B. C.):—middle, in the middle,
    I of Space, esp. with Nouns, of the middle point or part,

    μ. σάκος Il.7.258

    ;

    ἱστίον 1.481

    ; οὐρανός zenith, Od.4.400; μ. ἀπήνης from mid chariot, S.OT 812; ἐν αἰθέρι μ. in mid-air, Id.Ant. 416; μ. μετώπῳ in the middle of the forehead, PRyl.128.30 (i A. D.): in Prose freq. preceding the Art.,

    κατὰ μέσον τὸν σταθμόν X.An.1.7.14

    ; ἐν μ. τῇ χώρᾳ ib.2.1.11; ἐκ μ. τῆς νήσου, κατὰ μ. τὴν νῆσον, Pl.Criti. 113d, 119d; ἐπὶ μέσου τοῦ τμάματος at the middle point of the segment, Archim.Aequil.1.6; ἁ ἐπὶ μέσαν τὰν βάσιν ἀγομένα (sc. εὐθεῖα) ib.12: sts. following the Noun,

    ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ μέσῃ D.29.12

    : less freq. midmost, central, of three or more objects,

    μ. ὁδός Thgn.220

    , 331; ὁ μ. [δάκτυλος] Pl.R. 523c; τὸ μ. στῖφος the central division of the army, X.An.1.8.13; μέσον, τό, centre,

    ἡ ἐπὶ τὸ μ. φορά Iamb.Protr.21

    .
    b with a Verb, ἔχεται μ. by the middle, by the waist, prov. from the wrestling-ring, Ar.Eq. 387 (lyr.), cf. Ach. 571 (lyr.), Nu. 1047, Ra. 469;

    μέσην λαβόντα Id.Ach. 274

    , cf. Hdt.9.107, D.53.17;

    ὁ πέπλος ἐρράγη μ. Philippid.25.5

    .
    c c. gen., midway between,

    ἑνὸς καὶ πλήθους τὸ ὀλίγον μ. Pl.Plt. 303a

    (also μ. ἐπ' ἀμφότερα, ibid.):—S. has

    μέσος ἀπὸ [τοῦ κρατῆρος] τοῦ τε πέτρου OC 1595

    .
    2 of Time, Hom. only in phrase μέσον ἦμαρ midday, Il.21.111, Od.7.288, Pi.P.9.113;

    μέσαι νύκτες Sapph.52

    , Hdt.4.181, X. An.7.8.12, etc.;

    θέρευς ἔτι μέσσου ἐόντος Hes.Op. 502

    ;

    χειμῶνος μέσου Ar.Fr.569.1

    ;

    μ. ἡμέρα Hdn.8.5.9

    ; μ. ἡλικία middle age, Pl.Ep. 316c: so

    μέσοι τὴν ἡλικίαν E.Ep.5

    ; μέσος ἀκμῆς v.l. in Theoc.25.164.
    3 metaph., impartial, Th.4.83, PLond.1.113(1).27 (vi A.D.).
    b inter-mediate, freq. c. gen.,

    μ. τις γέγονα χρηματιστὴς τοῦ τε πάππου καὶ τοῦ πατρός Pl.R. 330b

    ;

    ψιλὸν μὲν τὸ π ¯, δασὺ δὲ τὸ φ ¯, μέσον δὲ ἀμφοῖν τὸ β ¯ D.H.Comp.14

    (v. infr. d); ἡ τρίτη καὶ μ. τῶν εἰρημένων δυεῖν ἁρμονιῶν ib.24; ὁ μ. χαρακτήρ ib.21; indeterminate, Luc.Par.28; τὰ μ. things indifferent (neither good nor bad), Stoic.3.135, al.; of words such as τύχη, EM626.38; ζῴδια (neither lucky nor unlucky) Vett.Val.93.9;

    μ. δίαιτα Diocl.Fr.141

    , cf.Sor.1.46.
    c Gramm., of Verbs, middle, Eust. 1846.30, etc.; μ. διάθεσις, σχήματα, A.D.Synt.226.10, 210.18; μ. ἐνεστώς present middle, ib.278.25.
    d Gramm., of consonants, Lat. mediae, i. e. β ¯ γ ¯ δ ¯, D.T.631.23: but also of semi-vowels, Pl.Phlb. 18c: of accent, ὀξύτητι καὶ βαρύτητι καὶ τῷ μέσῳ, i. e. the circumflex, Arist. Po. 1456b33.
    II middling, moderate,
    1 of size, μέσοι ὀφθαλμοί, ὦτα, γλῶττα, Id.HA 492a8,33, b31; μ. μεγέθει ib. 496a21, PPetr.1p.37 (iii B. C.); μ. alone, of middle height, PGrenf.2.23 (a) ii 3 (ii B. C.), POxy. 73.13 (i A. D.), etc.
    2 of class or quality,

    πάντων μέσ' ἄριστα Thgn. 335

    ;

    παντὶ μέσῳ τὸ κράτος θεὸς ὤπασεν A.Eu. 529

    (lyr.);

    μ. ἐν πόλει Phoc.12

    ; μ. ἀνήρ a man of middle rank, Hdt.1.107;

    μ. πολίτης Th.6.54

    ;

    τὰ μ. τῶν πολιτῶν Id.3.82

    (so

    τῶν ἀνὰ πόλιν τὰ μ. Pi.P.11.52

    ); οἱ μ., between οἱ εὔποροι and οἱ ἄποροι, Arist.Pol. 1289b31, 1295b3; οἱ μ. πολῖται ib. 1296a19; τὸ μ. ib. 1295b37; μ. [πολιτεία] ib. 1296a7;

    ὁ μ. βίος Luc.Luct.9

    ; mediocre, Pl.Prt. 346d; τῶν ἑταιρῶν αἱ μ. Theopomp. Com.21. Adv. μέσως, ἱκανόν fairly adequate, Phld.Rh.2.4S.
    III μέσον, τό, midst, intervening space, mostly with Preps.,
    a ἐν μέσσῳ, = ἐν μεταιχμίῳ, Il.3.69,90;

    ἐν τῷ μ.

    in the midst,

    Ev.Matt.14.6

    ; ἡ 'ν μέσῳ [μοῖρα] σῴζει πόλεις the middle class, E.Supp. 244: without

    ἐν, ἔμβαλε μέσσῳ Il.4.444

    ;

    ἔνθορε μέσσῳ 21.233

    ;

    μέσσῳ ἀμφοτέρων 3.416

    , 7.277;

    τῶνδέ τ' ἐν μ. πεσεῖν E.Ph. 583

    ;

    ἐν μ. λόγους ἔχειν Id.Hel. 630

    ;

    μῆκος ἐν μ. χρόνου A.Supp. 735

    ;

    χρόνος οὑν μ. E.Ph. 589

    (troch.); τὰ ἐν μ. what went between, S.OC 583; οἱ ἐν μ. λόγοι the intervening words, Id.El. 1364, E.Med. 819;

    κλίνης ἐν μ. Id.Hec. 1150

    ; ἐν μ. ἡμῶν καὶ βασιλέως between us and him, X.An.2.2.3;

    σοφίας καὶ ἀμαθίας ἐν μ. Pl.Smp. 203e

    ; ἐν μ. νυκτῶν at midnight, X.Cyr.5.3.52; ἆθλα κείμεν' ἐν μέσῳ offered for competition (cf. infr. b), D.4.5, cf. Thgn.994, X.An.3.1.21; ἡ τιμὴ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ἔστω deposited with the court, Herod.2.90: without ἐν, καὶ μέσῳ πάντες καὶ χωρὶς ἕκαστος both collectively and severally, IG12(5).872.27,31,38, al. ([place name] Tenos): in pl.,

    κεῖτο δ' ἄρ' ἐν μέσσοισι Il.18.507

    ;

    ἐν μέσοισ' Xenoph.1.7

    ; ἐν μέσῳ εἶναι τοῦ συμμεῖξαι to stand in the way of.., X.Cyr.5.2.26; ἡ γὰρ θάλαττα ἐν τῷ μ. is an obstacle, Id.Ath.2.2;

    οὐδεὶς ἐν μέσσῳ γείτων πέλεν Theoc.21.17

    ;

    οὐδὲν ἂν ἦν ἐν μ. πολεμεῖν ἡμᾶς D.23.183

    ; cf. ἰμέσος.
    b ἐς μέσον, ἐς μ. ἀμφοτέρων, freq. in Hom. for ἐς μεταίχμιον, Il.4.79, 6.120; ἀνδρὶ δὲ νικηθέντι γυναῖκ' ἐς μέσσον ἔθηκε deposited her as a prize (cf. supr. a), 23.704;

    ἐς μ. δεικνύναι τινί τι Pi.Fr.42.3

    ; ἐς μ. ἵεσθαι, ἐλθεῖν, παρελθεῖν, S.Tr. 514 (lyr.), Theoc.22.183, Plu. Agis9;

    ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέροισι.. δικάσσατε Il.23.574

    ; ἐς τὸ μ. φέρειν bring forward publicly, Hdt.4.97, D.18.139;

    ἐς τὸ μ. λέγεσθαι Hdt. 6.129

    ; ἐς μ. Πέρσῃσι καταθεῖναι τὰ πρήγματα to give up the power in common to all, Id.3.80; ἐς μ. τὴν ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω ib. 142.
    c ἐκ τοῦ μέσου away,

    ἐκ μ. ἀνελεῖν D.10.36

    , 18.294; [

    χειρόγραφον] ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μ. Ep.Col.2.14

    , cf. Arr.Epict.3.3.15; also ἐκ μ. a half,

    ἔτη ὀκτὼ καὶ ἔνατον ἐκ μ. Th.4.133

    ; also ἐκ μ. κατῆστο remained in the middle, i. e. neutral (cf.

    ἐκ 1.6

    fin.), Hdt.3.83, cf. 4.118, 8.22,73.
    d διὰ μέσου between,

    τὸ διὰ μ. ἔθνος Id.1.104

    ;

    διὰ μ. ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr.6.3.3

    ; διὰ μ. γενέσθαι intervene, of an event, Th.4.20: c. gen.,

    διὰ μέσου τῆς πόλεως ῥεῖ ποταμός X. An.1.2.23

    ; διὰ μ. ῥεῖ τούτων ποταμός ib.1.4.4, etc.;

    τὸ τούτων διὰ μ. Pl.Lg. 805e

    ; also οἱ διὰ μέσου the middle party, the moderates, Th. 8.75, X.HG5.4.25; τὸ διὰ μ. the middle class, Arist.Pol. 1296a8; of Time,

    ὁ διὰ μ. χρόνος Hdt.9.112

    ; ἡ διὰ μ. ξύμβασις an interim agreement, Th.5.26; διὰ μέσου, as a figure of speech, use of parenthesis, Hdn.Fig.p.95S.
    e ἀν (ὀν) τὸ μ. in the midst, Alc.18.3, Xenoph.1.11, Thgn.839; ἀνὰ μέσον midway between, Arist.HA 496a22, Antiph. 13, Theoc.22.21, etc.;

    ἀνὰ μ. τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ GDI2010

    (Delph.), cf. PTeb.13.9 (ii B. C.), al.;

    θρὶξ ἀνὰ μέσσον Theoc.14.9

    ;

    ἀνὰ μέσσα Nic.Th. 167

    ; also ἀνὰ μέσον φέρε, = μετρίως, Men.531.18.
    f κατὰ μέσσον, = ἐν μέσῳ, Il.5.8, 16.285, etc.: c. gen., κὰδ δὲ μέσον τάφρου καὶ τείχεος ἷζον between, 9.87.
    2 μέσον, τό, difference, τὸ μ. πρὸς τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας the average between.., Th.1.10; πολλὸν τὸ μ., πολὺ τὸ μ., the difference is great, Hdt.1.126, E.Alc. 914 (anap.); τὸ μ. οὐδὲν τῆς ἔχθρης ἐστί there is no middle course for our enmity, Hdt.7.11.
    3 middle state, mean,

    τὸ μ. καὶ τὸ εὖ Arist.EN 1109b26

    ; ποιήματα μέσα, opp. ὀγκώδη, in the (correct) mean, Phld.Po.5.5. Adv. -ως

    , ἀναστρέφεσθαι Id.Rh.1.155S.

    4 in Logic, τὸ μ. the middle term of a syllogism, opp. τὰ ἄκρα, Arist.APr. 66a30; also ὁ μ. (sc. ὅρος) ib. 25b33.
    5 Math., middle terms in a proportion, Euc.6.16; μέση, or μέση (μέσος) ἀνάλογον a mean proportional (straight line or number), ib.13, 17, 8.11, 12, al.;

    μέσης εὕρεσις Arist.de An. 413a19

    , Metaph. 996b21; μέση medial, a specific kind of irrational (straight line), Euc.10.21, al.; μέσον ὀρθογώνιον ([etym.] χωρίον) medial rectangle (area), ib.24, al.
    6 Astron., ὁ διὰ μέσων τῶν ζῳδίων κύκλος the ecliptic, Hipparch.1.9.3,4, Gem.2.21, Ptol.Alm.2.7: without κύκλος, Eudox. ap. Arist.Metaph. 1073b20, Hipparch.1.9.12; simply,

    ὁ διὰ μέσων D.L.7.146

    ; but, ὁ μέσος [κύκλος] the equator of a rotating sphere, Arist.Metaph. 1073b30.
    7 μέσα, τά, = μέζεα, Blaes.p.191 K.
    b = κοιλία 1.3, Herod.Med. ap. Orib.5.27.3, Gal.14.732: sg., Heph.Astr.1.1 (v.l. τὰ μέσα Cat.Cod.Astr.8(2).45).
    8 Μέσον, τό, one of the law-courts at Athens, Phot., Sch.Ar.V. 120.
    IV μέση, , as Subst., v. μέση.
    V Adv. μέσον, [dialect] Ep. μέσσον, in the middle, Il.12.167, Od.14.300: c. gen., between,

    οὐρανοῦ μ. χθονός <τε> E.Or. 983

    (lyr.), cf. Arr.Epict.2.22.10; in the midst of,

    μ. τῆς θαλάσσης LXX Ex.14.27

    ;

    μ. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς Ep.Phil.2.15

    : also in pl.,

    μέσα αἰετὸς οὐρανοῦ ποτᾶται E.Rh. 530

    (lyr.), cf. Nic.Fr.74.26.
    2 regul. Adv.

    μέσως, πόλεώς τ' οὐ μ. εὐδαίμονος E.Andr. 873

    , cf. Hec. 1113, Isoc.9.23; καὶ μ. even in a moderate degree, even a little, Th.2.60; μ. ἔχειν πρός or περί τι to be in the mean.., Arist.EN 1105b28, 1119a11;

    θερμότερον ἢ κραυρότερον ἢ μ. ἔχον Eub.7.1

    , cf. Sosip. 1.53; μ. βεβιωκέναι in a middle way, i. e. neither well nor ill, Pl.Phd. 113d;

    μ. μεθύων Men.226

    ; μ. διατιθέναι in an intermediate way, D.H. Comp.14.
    b Gramm., in the middle voice, A.D. Synt.276.21.
    VI irreg. [comp] Comp.

    μεσαίτερος Pl.Prm. 165b

    : [comp] Sup.

    μεσαίτατος Hdt.4.17

    , Arist.Mu. 392b33, Gem.9.3, etc.; poet.

    μεσσότατος A.R.4.649

    , Man. 6.373. (Cf. Skt. mádhyas 'middle', Lat. medius, etc.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μέσος

  • 57 οἷος

    οἷος, οἵα, [dialect] Ion. οἵη, οἷον, (ὅς)
    A such as, of what sort, relat. and indirect interrog. Pron., correl. to direct interrog. ποῖος, indef. ποιός, demonstr. τοῖος :

    ὅσσος ἔην οἷός τε Il.24.630

    ;

    ὁσσάτιόν τε καὶ οἷον 5.758

    : c. acc., οἶδ' ἀρετὴν οἷός ἐσσι what a man for valour, 13.275 : freq. to be rendered by an Adv., οἷος πόλεμόνδε μέτεισι as he rushes into war, ib. 298, etc.:—Usage:
    I οἷος in an independent sentence as an exclam. of astonishment,

    ὢ πόποι.., οἷον ἔειπες Il.7.455

    ; οἷ. τὸ πῦρ what a fire is this ! A.Ag. 1256, cf. Pers. 733, al. ;

    οἷ. εἰργάσασθε Pl.R. 450a

    ;

    οἷ. ἄνδρα λέγεις ἐν κινδύνῳ εἶναι Id.Tht. 142b

    ;

    οἷα ποιεῖς Id.Euthphr. 15e

    , etc.: so in neut. as Adv., v. infr. v. 1.
    2 in indirect sentences, S.OT 624, 1402, 1488, etc. ;

    ὁρᾶτε δὴ ἐν οἵῳ ἐστέ X.Cyr.3.2.12

    ;

    ὁρῶν ἐν οἵοις ἐσμέν Id.An.3.1.15

    .
    II more freq. as relat. to a demonstr. τοῖος, τοιόσδε, τοιοῦτος, or to , ὅδε, as

    τῷ ἴκελον, οἷόν ποτε Δαίδαλος ἤσκησεν Il.18.591

    ;

    θέαμα τοιοῦτον οἷ. καὶ στυγοῦντ' ἐποικτίσαι S.OT 1296

    : but the demonstr. Pron. is freq. omitted,

    οὐ γὰρ ἐμὴ ἲς ἔσθ' οἵη πάρος ἔσκεν Il.11.669

    , etc. ; οἷ. καὶ Πάρις.. ᾔσχυνε like as Paris also.., A.Ag. 399 (lyr.), cf. Pers.21, al.: with δή added, τοιόνδ', οἷ. δὴ σύ such as you surely are, Il.24.376, v. infr. v. 2 : with περ added,

    οἵη περ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν

    just such as..,

    6.146

    , cf. A.Ag. 607, 1046, X.Cyr.1.6.19 : very freq. with τε added (this οἷός τε must be distd. from οἷός τε c. inf., v. infr. 111.2),

    οἷός τε πελώριος ἔρχεται Ἄρης Il.7.208

    , cf. 17.157, Od.7.106, etc. ;

    οἷός που 20.35

    : οἷός τις, οἷόν τι generalizes a Comparison, the sort of person who.., thing which.., Il.5.638, Od.9.348 ; οἶσθα εἰς οἷόν τινα κίνδυνον ἔρχει.. ; Pl.Prt. 313a ; with attraction of οἷος to the case of its antecedent (which may follow instead of preceding),

    οἵοις περ σὺ χρώμενοι συμβούλοις D.24.185

    ; and with further attraction of the subject of the relat. clause, οὐ γάρ πω τοίους ἴδον ἀνέρας.., οἷον Πειρίθοον (for οἷος Πειρίθοος) Il.1.263 ;

    πρὸς ἄνδρας τολμηρούς, οἵους καὶ Ἀθηναίους Th.7.21

    , cf. X.Mem.2.9.3 ;

    περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου.., οἵου τοῦ ἑνός Pl.Prm. 161b

    .
    2 οἷος, οἵα, οἷον freq. introduce an 'indirect exclamation', giving the reason for what precedes, ἄνακτα χόλος λάβεν, οἷον ἄκουσε because of what he heard, Il.6.166, cf. Od.17.479 ; ἐμακάριζον

    τὴν μητέρα οἵων τέκνων ἐκύρησε Hdt.1.31

    ;

    ἀγανάκτησιν ἔχει ὑφ' οἵων κακοπαθεῖ Th.2.41

    ;

    τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ τύχην [ἀπέκλαον], οἵου ἀνδρὸς.. ἐστερημένος εἴην Pl.Phd. 117c

    , cf. S.OT 701.
    3 sts. in Hom. οἷος introduces the reason for saying what is said,

    ὠκύμορος.. ἔσσεαι, οἷ' ἀγορεύεις Il.18.95

    , cf. Od.4.611 ;

    αἲ γάρ με θυμὸς ἀνείη ὤμ' ἀποταμνόμενον κρέα ἔδμεναι, οἷα ἔοργας Il.22.347

    .
    4 οἷα δὴ εἴπας saying so and so, Hdt.1.86 (cf.

    ὅσος 111.2

    ): later with other Particles, v. infr. VI.
    5 οὐδὲν οἷον.. there's nothing like.., ἀλλ' οὐδὲν οἷ. ἐστ' ἀκοῦσαι τῶν ἐπῶν there's nothing like hearing the verses, Ar.Av. 966, cf. Lys. 135 ;

    οὐδὲν γὰρ οἷ. ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ τοῦ νόμου D.21.46

    , cf. Pl.Grg. 447c, 481b, X.Oec.3.14.
    6 never used like Adv. οἷον (infr. V. I) with an Adj. = how, for in Il.11.653, οἶσθα.. οἷ. ἐκεῖνος δεινὸς ἀνήρ = what manner of man, namely dread, cf. 15.94, 21.108, Od.19.493, etc.
    7 as indef., a sort or kind of.., ὁ δ' ἕτερος οἷός ἐστιν οἰκουρὸς μόνον only a kind of watch-dog, Ar.V. 970 ; so with Adj., ἀφόρητος οἷος.. κρυμός of an intolerable kind, Hdt.4.28 ; θαυμαστὸς οἷος of a wonderful nature, Luc.Zeux.6 ; οἷος ἔμπειρος πολέμου rather skilled in war, D.2.18 ; οἷον τετανότριχα rather straight-haired, Pl.Euthphr.2b ; freq. with [comp] Sup., χωρίον οἷον χαλεπώτατον country of a very difficult kind, X.An.4.8.2, cf. Ar.Eq. 978, Ach. 384, Pl.Ap. 23a ;

    ἀνὴρ οἷος κράτιστος Arist.EN 1165b27

    ;

    κόλπος οἷος βαθύτατος Ael.NA14.26

    : in some of these passages with [comp] Sup. it is possible to take οἷος as relat., supplying δυνατόν, cf.

    ξύμμαχος ἔσομαι οἷος ἂν δύνωμαι ἄριστος IG12.39.28

    .
    III οἷος c. inf. implies fitness or ability for a thing, οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὥρα οἵα τὸ πεδίον ἄρδειν fit for watering, X.An.2.3.13, cf. Pl.Grg. 487d ; οἷοι φιλεῖν, μισεῖν, etc., D.25.2, etc.: freq. with τοιοῦτος expressed,

    τοιοῦτός τις οἷ. διαπονεῖσθαι Pl. Cra. 395a

    , cf. R. 415e ; τὸ πρᾶγμα μέγα.. καὶ μὴ οἷ. νεωτέρῳ βουλεύσασθαι not proper for a young man to advise upon, Th.6.12 : without inf.,

    λόγους οἵους εἰς τὰ δικαστήρια Pl.Euthd. 272a

    .
    b οἷός εἰμι I intend,

    ἐβιάζετο.. καὶ οἷος ἦν ἐξευρεῖν τὴν θύραν Lys.Fr. 159

    S., cf. D. 4.9, al., Is.8.21 ; οἷος ἦν κατεσθίειν was on the point of eating, Antig. Car. ap. Ath.7.345d.
    2 more freq. οἷός τε c. inf., fit or able to do,

    λιποίμην οἷός τ'.. ἀέθλια κάλ' ἀνελέσθαι Od.21.117

    (preceded by τοῖον ib. 173), Hdt.1.29, 67,91 ;

    λέγειν οἷός τε κἀγώ Ar.Eq. 343

    , cf. Th.3.16, Isoc.8.69, etc. ; inclined to.., Plb.3.90.5, J.AJ4.6.3 : most freq. in neut. sg. and pl., οἷόν τε [ἐστί] it is possible to.., Th.1.80, etc. ;

    οἷά τε [ἐστί] Hdt.1.194

    , etc. ; a dat. is sts. added,

    μὴ οἷόν τε εἶναι ἐμοὶ κωλῦσαι Th.7.14

    .
    3 without inf.,

    πάνυ προθύμως ὡς οἷός τ' ἦν ἐπήραξεν Pl.Prt. 314d

    : but mostly in neut., οἷόν τε [ἐστίν] it is possible, Isoc.9.9 ;

    οὐχ οἷόν τε ἐστίν Ar.Nu. 198

    , etc.: with [comp] Sup.,

    καλὸν ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστα Pl.Prt. 349e

    ;

    ὡς οἷόν τε σμικρότατα Id.Prm. 144b

    ;

    ὡς οἷόν τε διὰ βραχυτάτων Id.Grg. 449d

    : without [comp] Sup.,

    φρίττειν.. ποιεῖ ὡς οἷόν τε πάντας Id.R. 387c

    (dub. l.) ; ὡς οἷόν τε sts. so far as possible, of what cannot be done completely, D.8.75, Arist. Pol. 1313a39, Luc.Im.3.
    IV sts. twice in the same clause, οἷ' ἔργα δράσας οἷα λαγχάνει κακά after what deeds what sufferings are his ! S.El. 751 ; ἱερῶν οἵαν οἵων χάριν ἠνύσω what thanks for what offerings ! Id.Tr. 994, cf. 1045, E.Alc. 144 : so in Prose, X.Cyr.4.5.29, Pl.Smp. 195a.
    V as Adv. in neut. sg. οἷον, in Poets and [dialect] Ion. Prose also pl. οἷα, how,

    οἷον δή νυ θεοὺς βροτοὶ αἰτιόωνται Od.1.32

    , cf. Il.5.601, 13.633, 15.287 : also with Adjs., οἷον ἐερσήεις how fresh, 24.419 ; οἷον δὴ Μενέλαον ὑπέτρεσας seeing how thou didst shrink from M., Il.17.587, cf. 21.57. (Regul. Adv. οἵως is rare, as in Hp. Epid.6.7.2, f.l. in Ar.V. 1363 ; οἷος ὢν οἵ. ἔχεις in what a state art thou for such a man! S.Aj. 923 ;

    οἵως τέ σφ' ἐσάωσα A.R.4.786

    .)
    2 as, just as,

    οἷον ὅτε.. Il.14.295

    : also neut. pl.

    οἷα, οἷά τις.. ἀηδών A.Ag. 1142

    (lyr.), cf. S.Tr. 105 (lyr.), etc.: so οἷά τε in Hom.,

    οἷά τε ληϊστῆρες Od.3.73

    , cf.9.128, Hdt.2.175 : strengthd. by Particles,

    οἷα δή Th.8.84

    , Pl.Smp. 219e, R. 467b ;

    οἷα δή που Ael.NA1.14

    : later a double form occurs,

    οἷον ὡς.. Demetr.Eloc.94

    , Sch.D.T.p.113 H. ;

    οἷον ὥσπερ.. Phryn.PS p.80

    B., dub. in Plu.2.563f.
    b as for instance, Pl.Sph. 218e, Arist.GC 333a11, etc.; οἷον τί λέγεις ; as for example, what do you mean ? Pl.Tht. 207a, cf. Od.4.271, where οἷον is Adj.
    d οἷον parenthetically prefixed to any word or phrase, as it were, so to speak,

    οἷον υἱεῖς γνησίους Pl.Phdr. 278a

    , cf. Cra. 396a, Arist.HA 532a6, GA 753a33 ;

    τῶν οἷον προγυμναζομένων M.Ant.6.20

    ;

    τοῦ οἷον δόγματος D.L.9.69

    ; τὴν.. οἷον φάτταν the ring-dove of my parable, Pl.Tht. 199b.
    e οἷον explanatory, that is to say, τὸ νῦν ῥηθησόμενον, οἷον.. what I am about to mention, viz., Arist.PA 639b6, cf. GC 333a11, al. ; κατὰ τὸ μέσον, οἷον κατὰ τὴν συμβολὴν τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς διαγωνίων in the middle, i. e. at the intersection of their diagonals, Procl.Hyp.3.16, cf. 22, Hsch. s.v. οἰοφάγῳ, al.
    3 like ὡς, ἅτε, with a part.,

    οἷα ἀπροσδοκήτου κακοῦ γενομένου Th.2.5

    , cf. 8.95, Pl.Smp. 203b.
    4 οὐχ οἷον or μὴ οἷον, folld. by ἀλλ' οὐδέ or ἀλλὰ μηδέ, not only not.., but not even.., Plb. 1.20.12, D.S.3.18, Phld.Rh.2.249 S., etc.
    VI strengthd. with various Particles, οἷος δή, v. supr. 11.4: [full] οἱοσδήποτε, οἱαδήποτε, οἱονδήποτε, of such and such a kind, Arist.EN 1114b17 ; [full] οἱοσδηποτοῦν, of whatever kind, Hero *Geom.12.30, al., BGU895.28 (ii A. D.), Paul.Aeg. 6.88 ; [full] οἱοσδήπως, OGI521.4 (Abydos, v/vi A. D.) ; [full] οἱοσδητισοῦν, ib.515.16 (Mylasa, iii A. D.) ; [full] οἱοσοῦν, Just.Nov.30.7.1 ; [full] οἱοσποτοῦν, Arist.Top. 146b26 ; [full] οἱοστισοῦν, v. l. in Dsc.2.76.13. [[pron. full] οῐ is found in Il.13.275, Od.7.312 ; and sts. in Trag., as A.Ag. 1256, esp. in the form

    οἷός τε S.OT 1415

    , OC 262, 803, al.]

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οἷος

  • 58 πρίν

    πρίν, Adv. and Conj.,
    A before, until.

    [πρῐν 19

    times in Hom., Il.2.344, al.; πρῑν in Il.6.81, 13.172, al.; once written [full] πρείν, Leg.Gort.7.40, but [full] πρίν IG12.60.11, 94.9, 114.46, etc.; Trag. and Com. always πρῐν ( πρίν γ' must be read in Ar.Ach. 176).]
    A Adv. of Time, before, either in the sense of sooner or in that of formerly, erst (implying duration up to a certain time):
    I of future time, with [tense] fut. Indic.,

    πρίν μιν καὶ γῆρας ἔπεισιν Il.1.29

    , cf. 18.283, Od.2.198, etc.: with Subj. = [tense] fut.,

    πρὶν καὶ κακὸν ἄλλο πάθῃσθα Il.24.551

    : with Opt. and κεν

    , πρίν κεν ἀνιηθεὶς σὴν πατρίδα γαῖαν ἵκοιο Od.3.117

    , cf. 11.330, 14.155, Ar. Pax 1076, 1112: with Opt., Il. 24.800: with Imper., 9.250: with Inf. (expressing a wish), 2.413, (expressing an oath) Od.4.254.
    II of past time,
    1 formerly, once,

    πρὶν μέν μοι ὑπέσχετο.., νῦν δὲ.. Il.2.112

    , v.l. in 9.19, cf. 23.827;

    πρὶν μὲν πόσιν ἐσθλὸν ἀπώλεσα Od.4.724

    , cf. 3.408.
    2 formerly (up to a certain point), before, in this sense freq. with Art.,

    τὸ πρίν γ' ἐκέκαστο Il.5.54

    ;

    τὸ πρίν γε.., νῦν δὲ.. 13.105

    ;

    νῦν δὲ.. τὸ πρίν γε 16.208

    , cf. A.Pr. 443, Hdt.1.129: without Art.,

    τὰς ἐπιστήμας ἅς ποτε καὶ π. εἴχομεν Pl.Phd. 75e

    : with ellipsis of part. γενόμενος, τὰ π. πελώρια (sc. γενόμενα ) the giants of old, A.Pr. 151 (lyr.); τοῦ π. Αἰγέως Aegeus gone before, S.OC69;

    ἐν τῷ π. χρόνῳ Id.Ph. 1224

    ;

    ἐν τοῖς π. λόγοις Th.2.62

    : with part. expressed,

    τὸ π. γενόμενον τέρας Hdt.8.37

    ;

    τοὺς πρὶν φυλαττομένους Pl.R. 547c

    , etc.
    3 hitherto,

    π. μέν.. B.12.114

    ; until that time, and so meanwhile, Id.15.13.
    4 sts. folld. by gen.,

    π. ὥρας Pi.P.4.43

    ;

    π. ἀνηκέστου πάθους J.BJ1.6.1

    ;

    π. γενέσεως Thd.Su.42

    ;

    π. τῆς συνόδου S.E.M.9.371

    ;

    π. φάους Arr.An. 3.18.6

    ; π. τοῦ βλέψαι, π. τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν, S.E.P.7.162, v.l. in LXX To. 14.15; also πρὶν οὗ c. inf., SIG953.16 (Calymna, ii B.C.); c. indic., Test. ap. D.46.21.
    B Conj. before, ere: freq. following an antecedent clause with adverbial π. (chiefly in [dialect] Ep.), or its equivalents πρότερον, πρόσθεν, πάρος (poet.), esp. with negat.,

    οὐδὲ π..., π... Il.1.98

    ,7.481, Od.19.475;

    μὴ π..., π... Il.2.355

    , E.HF 605;

    π..., π... Il.2.348

    , 8.453, Od.19.586;

    οὐ πρότερον.., π... Ar.Ec. 620

    , And.4.17, D.9.61;

    μὴ πρότερον.. π... S.Ph. 199

    (anap.), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.1.10;

    πρότερον.., π... And.4.1

    , X.Cyr.5.2.9;

    οὐ πρόσθεν.., π... Od. 17.9

    , X.Cyr.1.4.23;

    μὴ πρόσθεν.., π... Id.An.1.1.10

    ;

    πρόσθε., π. τυχεῖν Pi.P.2.92

    ;

    οὐ πάρος.., π... Od.2.128

    , Il.5.219; preceded by φθάνω, 16.322, Antipho 1.29, Th.4.79, 104, 6.97, 8.12, X.An.4.1.21, Cyr.2.4.25; sts. folld. by

    ἤ, οὐ.. πρίν γ' ἀποπαύσεσθαι πρίν γ' ἢ ἕτερόν γε πεσόντα αἵματος ἆσαι Ἄρηα Il.5.288

    , cf. 22.266, Hdt.1.136, 165, al.; dub. and perh. always corrupt in [dialect] Att. and X., Th.5.61, Lys.6.11, Isoc.4.19 (v.l.), Lycurg.128, Aeschin.2.132 (v.l.), X.Cyr.1.4.23, An. 4.5.1, but freq. in later Greek, LXX Ge.29.26, etc.
    I c. inf., the prevailing constr. in Hom., after positive and negative clauses alike: in [dialect] Att. mostly after positive clauses, and always used with them when the action does not or is not to take place: the tense is,
    I regularly [tense] aor.,
    a after a positive clause,

    ναῖε δὲ Πήδαιον, πρὶν ἐλθεῖν υἷας Ἀχαιῶν Il.13.172

    , cf. 8.453, 16.322, Od.1.210;

    Ζεὺς ὀλέσειε βίην, πρὶν ἥβης μέτρον ἱκέσθαι 4.668

    , cf. Il.6.465, 24.245, Pi.P.2.92.3.9, N.8.19, Hdt.6.119, A.Pers. 712, Ag. 1539 (anap.). S.Ant. 120 (lyr.), Tr. 396, E.Alc. 281, Ar.Eq. 258, al., Antipho 5.67, Th.1.125, X.An.4.1.7, Pl.Prt. 350b, al.; after negat. questions which expect a posit. answer, E.Andr. 1069, Ion 524, Rh. 684, Ar.Ra. 481, etc.
    b after a negat. clause,

    οὐδ' ὅ γε πρὶν Δαναοῖσιν ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀπώσει, πρίν γ' ἀπὸ πατρὶ φίλῳ δόμεναι ἑλικώπιδα κούρην Il.1.98

    , cf. 19.423, Od.2.128, 4.747 : after Hom. a negat. antecedent is commonly folld. by πρίν with finite Verb (v. infr. 11); but Inf. is found where π. precedes,

    π. ἰδεῖν δ', οὐδεὶς μάντις S.Aj. 1419

    (anap.);

    π. μὲν γὰρ κριθῆναι, οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἦν εἰδέναι τὰς αἰτίας And.4.8

    ;

    π. νικῆσαι.., οὐκ ἦν.. Lys.19.28

    ;

    π. δὲ ταῦτα πρᾶξαι, μὴ σκοπεῖτε D.3.12

    , cf. Lycurg. 135; also,

    οὔτε.. π. ἱδρῶσαι δεῖπνον ᾑρεῖτο X.Cyr.8.1.38

    ; also after Verbs of fearing (the positive being the thing dreaded),

    ὅταν.. δεδίωσι μὴ πρότερόν τι μάθῃς, π. τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι τοῖς πραττομένοις Isoc.5.70

    , cf. E.Fr.453.6, S.Tr. 632; in unfulfilled conditions and wishes,

    οὔθ' ὁ Πλούτωνος κύων οὔθ' οὑπὶ κώπῃ ψυχοπομπὸς ἂν Χάρων ἔσχον π. εἰς φῶς σὸν καταστῆσαι βίον E.Alc. 362

    , cf. Rh.61; otherwise not common,

    ὤφθην οὐδεπώποτε π. ταύτην τὴν συμφορὰν γενέσθαι Lys.19.55

    ;

    οὐδὲ παύσεται χόλου.., π. κατασκῆψαί τινα E.Med.94

    , cf. HF 605;

    καί μοι μὴ θορυβήσῃ μηδεὶς π. ἀκοῦσαι D.5.15

    , cf. X.Oec.4.24: after neg. opt. with ἄν, οὕτω γένοιτ' ἂν οὐδ' ἂν ἔκβασις στρατοῦ καλή, π. ὅρμῳ ναῦν θρασυνθῆναι a.Supp.772, cf. Pl.Lg. 769e: after a past tense (in orat. obliq.),

    ὤμοσαν μὴ π. ἐς Φώκαιαν ἥξειν, π. ἢ τὸν μύδρον τοῦτον ἀναφανῆναι Hdt.1.165

    , cf. 4.9, Th. 7.50, X.HG6.5.23, Pl.Phd. 61a.
    2 also [tense] pres., to convey a special sense of continuance, effort, or the like , 'before undertaking to', 'before proceeding to',

    π. ἐξοπλίζειν Ἄρη A.Supp. 702

    (lyr.), cf. Ag. 1067;

    π. νυν τὰ πλείον' ἱστορεῖν.., ἔξελθε S.OC36

    , cf. El.20;

    π. κλαίειν τινά E.Andr. 577

    , cf. Or. 1095;

    π. λέγειν Ar.Th. 380

    , cf. Ach. 383, Hdt. 8.3, And.4.1, Th.3.24, Pl.Lg. 666a, X.Cyr.2.4.25, Mem.1.2.40, etc.
    3 also [tense] perf., after a [tense] fut.,

    π. τόδ' ἐξηντληκέναι E.Med.79

    ; after [tense] pres. or [tense] impf., Id.El. 1069, cf. Hdt.3.25;

    π..., τί μέλλετ'.. ; E.Ph. 1145

    ;

    π. καὶ τεθύσθαι Ar.Av. 1034

    , cf. V. 1156, Pax 375, Lys. 322 (lyr.), Ra. 1185, X. An.4.1.21, Pl.Tht. 164c, Prt. 320a, etc.; with ἥκειν in [tense] pf. sense, Hdt.6.116;

    οὐ βουλόμενος διαγωνίσασθαι π. οἱ τοὺς βοηθοὺς ἥκειν Th.5.10

    .
    II with a finite Verb:
    1 with Ind., chiefly [tense] aor.: not in Hom. (first in h.Ap. 357), who uses Ind. only with πρίν γ' ὅτε, πρίν γ' ὅτε δή, after both posit. and neg. clauses,

    ἠλώμην.., πρίν γ' ὅτε.. ἤγαγες Od.13.322

    ;

    πρίν γ' ὅτε δή με.. κάλεσσεν 23.43

    , cf. Il.12.437;

    οὐδέ κεν ἡμέας ἄλλο διέκρινεν.., πρίν γ' ὅτε δὴ θανάτοιο.. νέφος ἀμφεκάλυψεν Od.4.180

    : rarely with [tense] impf., οὐδ' ὧς τοῦ θυμὸν.. ἔπειθον, πρίν γ' ὅτε δὴ θάλαμος πύκ' ἐβάλλετο ( began to be hit) Il.9.588: freq. after Hom., with [tense] aor.,
    a after neg. clauses: of a fact in the past,

    οὐκ ἦν ἀλέξημ' οὐδὲν.., πρίν γ' ἐγώ σφισιν ἔδειξα A.Pr. 481

    ;

    οὐ πρότερον ἀπανέστη.. Μαρδόνιος, πρὶν ἤ σφεας ὑποχειρίους ἐποιήσατο Hdt.6.45

    ; ἀλλ' οὐδ' ὣς.. ἠξίωσαν νεώτερόν τι ποιεῖν ἐς αὐτο'ν.., πρίν γε δὴ αὐτοῖς.. μηνυτὴς γίγνεται (histor. [tense] pres. = [tense] aor.) Th.1.132, cf. 3.101, 5.61, Hdt.6.79, Ar.Av. 700, X.Cyr.1.4.23,4.5.13 (histor. [tense] pres.), HG5.4.58, etc.; once in Pl., Phdr. 266a; as part of an unfulfilled condition,

    οὐκ ἂν κατέσχε δῆμον οὐδ' ἐπαύσατο π. ἀνταράξας πῖαρ ἐξεῖλεν γάλα Sol.

    ap. Arist.Ath.12.5;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐσκεψάμεθα πρότερον.., πρὶν ἐζητήσαμεν Pl.Men. 86d

    , cf. Tht. 165e;

    χρῆν τοίνυν Αεπτίνην μὴ πρότερον τιθέναι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ νόμον, πρὶν τοῦτον ἔλυσε γραψάμενος D.20.96

    ; after verbs implying a neg.,

    ἀμφιγνοεῖν X.An.2.5.33

    ,

    θαυμάζειν Th.1.51

    ,

    λανθάνειν Id.3.29

    ; also with [tense] impf.,

    οὔπω ᾔδει.. π. ἐν τῷ κακῷ ἦν Antipho 1.19

    , cf. And.4.17, D.9.61.
    b after posit. clauses (both combined, A.Pr. 481, Th.1.118), with the sense until,

    ἠγόμην δ' ἀνὴρ ἀστῶν μέγιστος.., πρίν μοι τύχη τοιάδ' ἐπέστη S.OT 776

    ; σπουδαὶ δὲ λόγων ἦσαν ἴσαι πως, πρὶν.. πείθει (histor. [tense] pres.) E. Hec. 131 (anap.);

    πρίν γ' ὁρᾷ Id.Med. 1173

    ; freq. folld. by

    δή, π. δή τις ἐφθέγξατο Id.Andr. 1147

    ; τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας κατελύθη (neg. idea)

    ὑπὸ ξυμφορῶν, πρὶν δὴ οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι τότε τὸν ἀγῶνα ἐποίησαν Th.3.104

    , cf.7.39 (histor. [tense] pres.), 71.
    2 with Subj. only after negs. or equiv. of neg., = ἕως or ἢν μή (in Isoc.4.173 ἢν μή and πρὶν ἄν are used almost as synonyms);

    οὐ καταδυσόμεθ', ἀχνύμενοί περ.., πρὶν μόρσιμον ἦμαρ ἐπέλθῃ Od.10.175

    ;

    μή πω καταδύσεο.., πρίν γ' ἐμὲ.. ἴδηαι Il.18.135

    , cf. 190, 24.781;

    ἀλλ' ὄμοσον μὴ μητρὶ φίλῃ τάδε μυθήσασθαι, πρίν γ' ὅτ' ἂν ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε γένηται Od.2.374

    , cf. 4.477: in Prose usu. πρὶν ἄν (

    πρίν κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.161

    ([place name] Cyrene)), rarely π. alone, as also πρὶν ἤ:
    a generally with [tense] aor., to express an action preceding the action of the anteced. clause, the Verb in which is [tense] fut. (or some equiv. of the [tense] fut.) or imper.,

    οὐ γαμέεται παρθένος οὐδεμία, πρὶν ἂν τῶν πολεμίων ἄνδρα ἀποκτείνῃ Hdt.4.117

    , cf. 1.82 (v.l.), 3.109 (v.l.); νῦν δ' οὐδέν ἐστι τέρμα μοι προκείμενον μόχθων (the sense here is [tense] fut.),

    πρὶν ἂν Ζεὺς ἐκπέσῃ τυραννίδος A.Pr. 756

    , cf. 166 (lyr.), 177 (anap.);

    οὐ γάρ ποτ' ἔξει τῆσδε τῆς χώρας, πρὶν ἂν.. στήσῃς ἄγων S.OC 909

    , cf. 48, 1041, OT 1529, etc.;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐκμάθοις.., πρὶν ἂν θάνῃ τις Id.Tr.2

    ;

    οὐκ ἄπειμι πρὸς δόμους πάλιν, πρὶν ἄν σε.. ἔξω βάλω E.Med. 276

    , cf. 680, Alc. 1145, IA 324, IT19, 1302;

    μὴ προκαταγίγνωσκε.., π. ἄν γ' ἀκούσῃς ἀμφοτέρων Ar.V. 920

    , cf. Ach. 176, 230, X.Hier.6.13, Cyr.1.2.8, An.1. 1.10, 5.7.12, Pl.Phdr. 228c, La. 187e (ἂν added in later codd.), etc.;

    μηδέν' ὀλβίζειν π. ἀ'ν τέρμα τοῦ βίου περάσῃ S.OT 1529

    (troch.);

    οὐχὶ μὴ παύσησθε, π. ἄν.. ὑμᾶς τις ἐκτραχηλίσῃ Ar.Lys. 704

    : π. without

    ἄν, μὴ στέναζε, π. μάθῃς S.Ph. 917

    , cf. Ant. 619 (lyr.), Aj. 742, 965, Tr. 608, 946;

    οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις αὐτὸν ἐξαιρήσεται.., π. γυναῖκ' ἐμοὶ μεθῇ E.Alc. 849

    , cf. Or. 1218, 1357 (lyr.);

    π. χαρίσωνται Ar.Ec. 629

    (s.v.l.);

    οὐ γὰρ δή σφεας ἀπίει τῆς ἀποικίης, πρὶν δὴ ἀπίκωνται Hdt.4.157

    ;

    π. διαγνῶσι Th.6.29

    ; π... βεβαιωσώμεθα ib.10 (dub.l.);

    πρὶν ἀνάγκην τινὰ θεὸς ἐπιπέμψῃ Pl.Phd. 62c

    codd.;

    π. ἐξετάσωσιν Hyp.Eux.4

    : πρὶν ἤ (never with ἄν)

    , π. ἢ ἀνορθώσωσι Hdt.1.19

    , cf. 136, Pl.Ti. 57b, etc.: with neg. implied,

    ὁ δὲ ἀδικέει ἀναπειθόμενος π. ἢ ἀτρεκέως ἐκμάθῃ Hdt.7.10

    .

    ή; αἰσχρὸν ἡγοῦμαι πρότερον παύσασθαι, π. ἂν.. ψηφίσησθε Lys. 22.4

    ;

    ὅστις οὖν οἴεται τοὺς ἄλλους πράξειν τι.., π. ἂν.. διαλλάξῃ, λίαν ἁπλῶς ἔχει Isoc.4.16

    (where ὅστις οὖν οἴεται = οὐ δεῖ οὔεσθαι, as is shown by ἀλλὰ δεῖ in the next sentence, cf. D.38.24).
    b less freq. (never in Hom.) with [tense] pres. subj.: μήπω π. ἂν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀΐῃς (the Verb has no [tense] aor.)

    μύθων S.Ph. 1409

    (anap.);

    ὁ νομοθέτης τὰ διδασκαλεῖα ἀνοίγειν ἀπαγορεύει μὴ πρότερον π. ἂν ὁ ἥλιος ἀνίσχῃ Aeschin.1.10

    , cf. Antipho 1.29, X.Cyr.2.2.8, Pl.Phdr. 271c.
    3 πρίν with Opt.:
    a representing subj. after histor. tenses,

    οὐκ ἔθελεν φεύγειν π. πειρήσαιτ' Ἀχιλῆος Il.21.580

    ; πρίν γ' ὅτε, as with subj., 9.488;

    ἔδοξέ μοι μὴ σῖγα π. φράσαιμί σοι τὸν πλοῦν ποεῖσθαι S. Ph. 551

    , cf. Th.3.22, X.Cyr.1.4.14, HG6.5.19 (cf. 2.4.18), An.1.2.2, Pl.Ap. 36c, etc.
    b by assimilation,

    ὄλοιο μήπω π. μάθοιμι S.Ph. 961

    , cf. Tr. 657 (lyr.); οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰδείης (potential opt.)..

    π. πειρηθείης Thgn.126

    ; after opt. with

    ἄν, οὐκ ἂν πρότερον ὁρμήσειε π. βεβαιώσαιτο Pl.Lg. 799d

    , cf. S.OT 505 (lyr.).
    4 π. ἄν c. opt. is doubtful, and (if not corrupt) due to the change required by orat. obl.,

    ἀπαγορευόντων τῶν φίλων τῶν ἐμῶν μὴ ἀποκτείνειν τὸν ἄνδρα, πρὶν ἄν ἐγὼ ἔλθοιμι Antipho 5.34

    (s.v.l.), cf. X.HG2.3.48, 2.4.18.
    5 without a Verb, πρὶν ὥρη (sc. γένηται) Od.15.394.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρίν

  • 59 μέν

    μέν affirmative particle, a weakened form of μήν (Hom.+). One of the commonest particles in Hom., Hdt. et al., but its usage declines sharply in later times. Found only 180 times in the NT. In seven of these places the editions vary (Mk 9:12; Ac 23:8; Ro 7:25; 16:19; 1 Cor 2:15; 12:20: in Ro 16:19; Gal 4:23 W-H. bracket the word). The mss. show an even greater variation. In Rv, 2 Th, 1 Ti, Tit, Phlm, 2 Pt, 1, 2, 3J it does not occur at all; Eph, Col, 1 Th, Js have only one occurrence each. It is also quite rare in 1, 2 Cl, Ign, GPt, but is common in Ac, Hb, B and esp. in Dg. It never begins a clause. Cp. Kühner-G. II p. 264ff; Schwyzer II 569f; Denniston 359–97; B-D-F §447; Rob. 1150–53; Mlt-Turner 331f.
    marker of correlation, w. other particles
    introducing a concessive clause, followed by another clause w. an adversative particle: to be sure … but, on the one hand … on the other hand, though in many cases an equivalence translation will not fit this scheme; rather, the contrast is to be emphasized in the second clause, often with but.
    α. μὲν … δέ: ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμᾶς βαπτίζω … ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος Mt 3:11. ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς … οἱ δὲ ἐργάται 9:37. τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε … τὸ δὲ καθίσαι 20:23. ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου … οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ Mk 14:21. τοῦ μὲν πρώτου κατέαξαν τὰ σκέλη … ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες J 19:32 and oft. Cp. Mt 22:8; Ac 21:39; Ro 6:11; 1 Cor 9:24; 11:14; 12:20; 2 Cor 10:10; Hb 3:5; 1 Pt 1:20.—In combination w. conjunctions: εἰ μὲν … εἰ δέ if … but if Dg 3:2 (TestJob 23:5; Ar. 13:7). εἰ μὲν οὖν … εἰ δέ if then … but if Ac 19:38; cp. 25:11. εἰ μὲν … νῦν δέ if … but now Hb 11:15. μὲν οὖν … δέ ( now) indeed … but J 19:24; 20:30; Ac 8:4; 12:5; 1 Cor 9:25. μὲν γὰρ … δέ/ἀλλά for indeed … but (Wsd 7:30; Job 28:2; 2 Macc 6:4; 7:36; 4 Macc 9:8f, 31f) Ac 13:36f; 23:8; 28:22; Ro 2:25; 1 Cor 5:3; 11:7; 2 Cor 9:1–3; 11:4; Hb 7:18, 20f; 12:10; Ac 28:22 (in reverse order): also ἀλλά for δέ in apodosis 4:16f (as 3 Macc 2:15f), s. β. κἂν μὲν …, εἰ δὲ μήγε if … but if not Lk 13:9. ἐὰν μὲν …, ἐὰν δὲ μή Mt 10:13. W. prep. εἰς μὲν … εἰς δέ Hb 9:6.
    β. μὲν … ἀλλά to be sure … but (Thu. 3, 2, 1; X., Oec. 3, 6; Tetr. Iamb. 1, 2, 3; TestJob 4:1; Ath. 16, 1) Mk 9:12 (v.l. without μέν). πάντα μὲν καθαρὰ ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ to be sure everything is clean, but … Ro 14:20. σὺ μὲν γὰρ καλῶς … ἀλλʼ ὁ ἕτερος 1 Cor 14:17. Cp. Ac 4:16 (s. α).
    γ. μὲν … πλήν indeed … but (Galen, Inst. Log. c. 8, 2 Kalbfl. [1896]) Lk 22:22.
    without any real concessive sense on the part of μέν, but adversative force in δέ, so that μέν need not be translated at all: αὐτοὶ μὲν … ὑμεῖς δέ Lk 11:48; cp. Ac 13:36. ἐγὼ μὲν … ἐγὼ δέ 1 Cor 1:12. τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις … τοῖς δὲ σῳζομένοις vs. 18. Ἰουδαίοις μὲν … ἔθνεσι δέ vs. 23. ἐμοὶ μὲν … ὑμῖν δέ Phil 3:1. εἰ μὲν … εἰ δέ Ac 18:14; Dg 2:8.
    Somet. the combination μὲν … δέ does not emphasize a contrast, but separates one thought from another in a series, so that they may be easily distinguished: πρῶτον μὲν … ἔπειτα δέ in the first place … then Hb 7:2. ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δέ the one … the other Mt 13:8, 23 (cp. Lucian, Hermot. 66 ὁ μὲν ἑπτά, ὁ δὲ πέντε, ὁ δὲ τριάκοντα; Just., D. 35, 6; 39, 2; cp. TestAbr A 10 p. 87, 21 [Stone p. 22] ἄλλους μὲν … ἑτέρους); Ro 9:21. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δέ the one … the other Mt 21:35; 25:15; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; Jd 22. ἃ μὲν … ἃ δέ some … others 2 Ti 2:20. ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other, but pl. some … others Ac 14:4; 17:32; Gal 4:23; Eph 4:11; Phil 1:16; Dg 2:2f. ἕκαστος …, ὁ μὲν οὕτως ὁ δὲ οὕτως each one …, one in one way, one in another 1 Cor 7:7. ὸ̔ς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν the one is confident about eating anything, but the weak person Ro 14:2. τινὲς μὲν … τινὲς δέ some … but still others Phil 1:15. ἄλλη μὲν …, ἄλλη δὲ …, ἄλλη δέ … 1 Cor 15:39. ἑτέρα μὲν …, ἑτέρα δέ vs. 40. οἱ μὲν …, ἄλλοι δὲ …, ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. ᾧ μὲν γὰρ …, ἄλλῳ δὲ …, ἑτέρῳ 1 Cor 12:8ff. ἃ μὲν …, ἄλλα δὲ …, ἄλλα δέ Mt 13:4ff. τοῦτο μὲν …, τοῦτο δέ in part … in part (Hdt. 3, 106; Isocr. 4, 21; 22) Hb 10:33 (μέν followed by more than one δέ: two, Libanius, Or. 18, p. 251, 3f; Or. 59 p. 240, 13; four, Or. 64 p. 469, 14).
    marker of contrast or continuation without express correlation and frequently in anacolutha
    when the contrast can be supplied fr. the context, and therefore can be omitted as obvious: λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας (sc. ὄντα δὲ ἄλογα or someth. sim.) they have the reputation of being wise (but are foolish) Col 2:23 (difft. BHollenbach, NTS 25, ’79, 254–61: a subordinate clause embedded in its main clause). τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη ἐν ὑμῖν the signs that mark a true apostle were performed among you (but you paid no attention) 2 Cor 12:12. ἤδη μὲν οὖν ἥττημα indeed it is already a defeat for you (but you make it still worse) 1 Cor 6:7.—μέν serves to emphasize the subject in clauses which contain a report made by the speaker’s personal state of being, esp. intellectual or emotional; so ἐγὼ μ. Παῦλος 1 Th 2:18. ἡ μ. εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας Ro 10:1.
    Somet. the contrast is actually expressed, but not in adversative form (Diod S 12, 70, 6 Ἀθηναῖοι μὲν οὖν ἐπιβουλεύσαντες τοῖς Βοιωτοῖς τοιαύτῃ συμφορᾷ περιέπεσον=so the Ath., one can see, after plotting against the B., had their fortunes reversed in such a disaster; Polyaenus with dramatic effect: 4, 3, 20 οἱ μὲν …, Ἀλέξανδρος … ; 2, 3, 2) τότε μὲν … ἔπειτα (here we expect δέ) J 11:6f. ἐφʼ ὅσον μὲν οὖν εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐθνῶν ἀπόστολος in so far, then, as I am an apostle to the nations Ro 11:13 (the contrast follows in vs. 14); cp. 7:12 and 13ff.
    We notice anacoluthon in enumerations, either if they are broken off or if they are continued in some manner that is irregular in form: πρῶτον μέν in the first place Ro 1:8; 3:2; 1 Cor 11:18. πρῶτον μὲν … ἔπειτα (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 1) Js 3:17. In the prologue to Ac (s. λόγος 1b) the clause w. δέ corresponding to τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον 1:1 (Diod S 11, 1, 1 ῾Η μὲν οὖν πρὸ ταύτης βίβλος … τὸ τέλος ἔσχε τῶν πράξεων … ἐν ταύτῃ δέ … The preceding book … contained … ; in this one, on the other hand …) may have been omitted through editorial activity acc. to Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; 397.
    μέν followed by καί is not customary (Ael. Aristid. 31, 19 K.=11 p. 133 D.; IAsMinSW 325, 10ff μὲν … καί; POxy 1153, 14 [I A.D.] two armbands ἓν μὲν σανδύκινον καὶ ἓν πορφυροῦν; TestJob 40:7f; ApcMos 15) Mk 4:4ff; Lk 8:5ff; MPol 2:4.
    μὲν οὖν denotes continuation (TestJob 40:14; Just., A I, 7, 3; s. B-D-F §451, 1; Kühner-G. II 157f, but note Denniston’s caution, p. 473, n. 1; Mayser II/3, 152f; Rob. 1151; 1191) so, then Lk 3:18. Esp. in Ac: 1:6, 18; 2:41; 5:41; 8:25; 9:31; 11:19; 13:4; 14:3 (DSharp, ET 44, ’33, 528); 15:3, 30; 16:5; 17:12, 17, 30; 19:32; 23:18, 22, 31; 25:4; 26:4, 9; 28:5. Also 1 Cor 6:4 (B-D-F §450, 4); Hb 9:1; Papias (2:16). εἰ μὲν οὖν now if Hb 7:11; 8:4.
    μενοῦν, οὐμενοῦν, and μενοῦνγε s. under these entries.—JLee, Some Features of the Speech of Jesus in Mark’s Gospel: NovT 27, ’85, 1–26.—DELG s.v. 1 μήν. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μέν

  • 60 οὗ

    οὗ really the gen. of ὅς, became an adv. of place (Aeschyl. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, En, EpArist, Philo, Joseph.).
    marker of a position in space, where
    of a location without ref. to an entity’s movement
    α. without ref. to a preceding noun οὕ …, ἐκεῖ where …, there Mt 18:20; Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1). Without ἐκεῖ IPhld 8:1.
    β. mostly after a noun that denotes a locality, in place of the relative pron., in, at, or on which (Jos., Ant. 8, 349) εἰς Ναζαρά, οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος Lk 4:16. Cp. vs. 17; 23:53; Ac 1:13; 2:2; 7:29; 12:12; 16:13 al.—The place in which: ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον Mt 2:9 (cp. X., An. 1, 7, 6 μέχρι οὗ διὰ καῦμα οὐ δύνανται οἰκεῖν).
    of a location as destination where, to which (GDI 1758, 8; 1766, 7 [both Delphi]; SIG 374, 25; Bar 2:4, 13; GrBar 10:5 [οὗπερ]; EpArist 269) εἰς πᾶσαν πόλιν … οὗ ἤμελλεν αὐτὸς ἔρχεσθαι into every city where he was about to come Lk 10:1. ἐπορεύθησαν … εἰς τὸ ὄρος οὗ ἐτάξατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς to the mountain to which Jesus had directed them (to go) Mt 28:16. εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο Lk 24:28.—οὗ ἐάν w. the pres. subj. of future time (IG IV2/1, 68, 71; 73 [302 B.C.]; PSI 902, 4 [I A.D.]) ἄπειμι οὗ ἐὰν βούλησθε 1 Cl 54:2. οὗ ἐὰν πορεύωμαι 1 Cor 16:6.
    marker of situation or set of circumstances, someth. like (in a situation) where fig. ext. of 1 (Jos., Ant. 2, 272) οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος οὐδὲ παράβασις where no law exists, there is no transgression, either Ro 4:15. Cp. 5:20. οὗ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐλευθερία 2 Cor 3:17.—M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > οὗ

См. также в других словарях:

  • Without Your Love (Gary O'Shaughnessy song) — Infobox ESC entry song = flagicon|Ireland Without Your Love caption = year = 2001 country = Ireland artist = Gary O Shaughnessy as = with = language = English languages = composer = Pat Sheridan lyricist = Pat Sheridan place = 21st points = 6… …   Wikipedia

  • Without You (Re-Union song) — Infobox ESC entry song = flagicon|Netherlands Without You caption = year = 2004 country = Netherlands artist = Paul de Corte, Fabrizio Pennisi as = Re Union with = language = English languages = composer = Ed van Otterdijk lyricist = Angeline van …   Wikipedia

  • Timeline of events preceding World War II — World War II seriesv · d · e …   Wikipedia

  • List of disasters of the United Kingdom and preceding states — is a list of major disasters (excluding acts of war but including acts of terrorism) which relate to the United Kingdom since 1707, the states that preceded it (including territory that later became the Republic of Ireland), or involved UK… …   Wikipedia

  • Farringdon Without — infobox UK place official name= Ward of Farringdon Without map type= Greater London country= England region= London london borough= City of London latitude= 51.51627 longitude= 0.10911 os grid reference= TQ313814 post town= LONDON postcode area=… …   Wikipedia

  • Living My Life Without You — Infobox ESC entry song = Living My Life Without You caption = year = 1999 country = Norway artist = Stig André Van Eijk as = Van Eijk with = language = English languages = composer = Stig André Van Eijk, Sem lyricist = Stig André Van Eijk, Sem… …   Wikipedia

  • War hysteria preceding the Mountain Meadows massacre — The Mountain Meadows massacre was caused in part by events relating to the Utah War, an 1858 invasion of the Utah Territory by the United States Army which ended up being peaceful. In the summer of 1857, however, Mormons expected an all out… …   Wikipedia

  • I Can't Live Without Music — Infobox ESC entry song = flagicon|Germany I Can t Live Without Music caption = year = 2002 country = Germany artist = Corinna May as = with = language = English languages = composer = Ralph Siegel lyricist = Bernd Meinunger conductor = place =… …   Wikipedia

  • Television networks preceding ABC Family — These are television networks proceeding ABC Family.CBN Cable (Network)The network was founded by Pat Robertson in April 1977 as CBN Cable, an arm of his Christian Broadcasting Network. It was the first satellite launched basic cable network. The …   Wikipedia

  • Enlightenment (The Scottish) — The Scottish Enlightenment M.A.Stewart INTRODUCTION The term ‘Scottish Enlightenment’ is used to characterize a hundred years of intellectual and cultural endeavour that started around the second decade of the eighteenth century. Our knowledge of …   History of philosophy

  • Temporal lobe epilepsy — Classification and external resources Lobe of the brain ICD 10 G40 …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»